Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

set+of+first+kind

  • 101 FOR

    fo:
    1. preposition
    1) (to be given or sent to: This letter is for you.) para
    2) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) para, hacia, en dirección a
    3) (through a certain time or distance: for three hours; for three miles.) durante
    4) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) (pedir dinero); (salir) a (pasear)
    5) (in return; as payment: He paid $2 for his ticket.) por
    6) (in order to be prepared: He's getting ready for the journey.) para
    7) (representing: He is the member of parliament for Hull.) por
    8) (on behalf of: Will you do it for me?) por
    9) (in favour of: Are you for or against the plan?) por, a favor de
    10) (because of: for this reason.) por, a causa de
    11) (having a particular purpose: She gave me money for the bus fare.) para
    12) (indicating an ability or an attitude to: a talent for baking; an ear for music.) para
    13) (as being: They mistook him for someone else.) por, para
    14) (considering what is used in the case of: It is quite warm for January (= considering that it is January when it is usually cold).) para
    15) (in spite of: For all his money, he didn't seem happy.) a pesar de

    2. conjunction
    (because: It must be late, for I have been here a long time.) ya que, puesto que
    for prep
    1. para
    is this the train for London? ¿es éste el tren que va a Londres?
    2. por
    I bought it for £12 lo compré por 12 libras
    what can I do for you? ¿qué puedo hacer por ti?
    3. desde hace
    4. durante
    5. de
    "T" for Tony "T" de Tony
    what's the word for "cheese" in Spanish? ¿cómo se dice "cheese" en español?
    6. a favor de
    are you for the plan, or against it? ¿estás a favor del plan, o en contra?
    tr[fɔːSMALLr/SMALL]
    1 (intended) para
    ■ there's a phone call for Mr. Smith hay una llamada para el Sr. Smith
    2 (purpose) para
    ■ what's this for? ¿para qué sirve esto?
    ■ shall we meet for lunch? ¿quedamos para comer?
    ■ where do I catch the train for Newcastle? ¿dónde se coge el tren para Newcastle?
    4 (in order to help, on behalf of) por
    5 (because of, on account of) por, a causa de
    ■ a meeting has been called for 10.00 se ha convocado una reunión para las 10.00
    ■ I've lived here for 5 years hace 5 años que vivo aquí, vivo aquí desde hace 5 años
    8 (in exchange, as replacement of) por
    ■ I got it for £500 lo conseguí por 500 libras
    ■ the record went for $50 el disco se vendió por 50 dólares
    9 (in favour of, in support of) por, a favor de
    ■ who did you vote for? ¿a quién votaste?
    ■ are you for or against the new laws? ¿estás a favor o en contra de las nuevas leyes?
    10 (despite) a pesar de, para; (considering, contrast) para
    ■ I still love him, for all his faults lo quiero, a pesar de todos sus defectos
    11 (as) de, como, por
    ■ what do they use for fuel? ¿qué utilizan de combustible?
    ■ for further details... para más información....
    ■ I can't go to the meeting - will you go for me? no puedo asistir a la reunión - ¿quieres ir en mi lugar?
    ■ what's the Spanish for "pool"? ¿cómo se dice "pool" en castellano?
    14 (as regards, concerning) por, en cuanto a
    ■ for my part, he can do as he likes por mí, que haga lo que quiera
    ■ as for him, who cares? en cuanto a él, ¿a quién le importa?
    ■ luckily for us, it didn't rain afortunadamente para nosotros, no llovió
    15 (as part of, as being) por, para
    ■ do you know that for a fact? ¿lo sabes a ciencia cierta?
    ■ what do you want for dinner? ¿qué quieres para comer?
    1 para
    16 formal use literal ya que, puesto que
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    as for me por mi parte, en cuanto a mí
    for all I know que yo sepa
    for all that a pesar de todo, con todo
    for good para siempre
    for the first time por primera vez
    for the last time por última vez
    oh for...! ¡ojalá tuviera...!
    ■ oh for a star to guide my way! ¡ojalá tuviera una estrella que me guiara los pasos!
    there's nothing for it but... no hay más remedio que...
    to be for it cargársela
    for ['fɔr] conj
    : puesto que, porque
    for prep
    1) (indicating purpose) : para, de
    clothes for children: ropa para niños
    it's time for dinner: es la hora de comer
    2) because of: por
    for fear of: por miedo de
    a gift for you: un regalo para ti
    he fought for his country: luchó por su patria
    5) (indicating a goal) : por, para
    a cure for cancer: una cura para el cáncer
    for your own good: por tu propio bien
    I bought it for $5: lo compré por $5
    a lot of trouble for nothing: mucha molestia para nada
    7) as for: para, con respecto a
    8) (indicating duration) : durante, por
    he's going for two years: se va por dos años
    I spoke for ten minutes: hablé (durante) diez minutos
    she has known it for three months: lo sabe desde hace tres meses
    conj.
    • para conj.
    • pues conj.
    • ya que conj.
    n.
    • por s.m.
    prep.
    • a causa de prep.
    • como prep.
    • de prep.
    • durante prep.
    • en honor de prep.
    • en lugar de prep.
    • para prep.
    • por prep.

    I fɔːr, fɔː(r), weak form fər, fə(r)
    2)
    a) ( intended for) para

    is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

    clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

    is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

    b) ( on behalf of) por

    he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

    c) ( in favor of) a favor de

    what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

    it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

    to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

    to be for it — (colloq)

    here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

    4)
    a) (as)

    what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

    what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

    c) ( instead of) por

    could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

    5) ( giving reason) por

    if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

    6)
    a) ( in exchange for) por

    I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

    for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

    7)
    a) ( as concerns) para
    8)

    for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

    is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

    oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

    the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

    11)

    I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

    how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

    c) (by, before) para

    II
    conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque
    ABBR
    = free on rail franco en ferrocarril
    * * *

    I [fɔːr, fɔː(r)], weak form [fər, fə(r)]
    2)
    a) ( intended for) para

    is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

    clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

    is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

    b) ( on behalf of) por

    he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

    c) ( in favor of) a favor de

    what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

    it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

    to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

    to be for it — (colloq)

    here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

    4)
    a) (as)

    what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

    what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

    c) ( instead of) por

    could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

    5) ( giving reason) por

    if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

    6)
    a) ( in exchange for) por

    I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

    for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

    7)
    a) ( as concerns) para
    8)

    for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

    is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

    oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

    the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

    11)

    I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

    how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

    c) (by, before) para

    II
    conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque

    English-spanish dictionary > FOR

  • 102 कृत _kṛta

    कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त]
    1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines.
    -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11.
    -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4.
    -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114.
    -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186.
    -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21.
    -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; un- grateful; Ms.7.197.
    -2 Service, benefit.
    -3 Conse- quence, result.
    -4 Aim, object.
    -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18.
    -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon).
    -7 The number '4'.
    -8 A stake at a game.
    -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle.
    -1 An offering.
    -11 Magic sorcery.
    -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (
    -तः) the Supreme Being.
    -अङ्क a.
    1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281.
    -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points.
    -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154.
    -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient.
    -अनुसारः custom, usage.
    -अन्त a. bringing to an end, termi- nating.
    (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1.
    -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17.
    -3 a demonstrated con- clusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13.
    -4 a sinful or inauspicious action.
    -5 an epithet of Saturn.
    -6 Saturday.
    -7 the inevitable result of former actions.
    -8 the second lunar mansion.
    -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun.
    -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3.
    -2 digested food.
    -3 excrement.
    -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal.
    - अभय a. saved from fear or danger.
    -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (
    -कः) a prince.
    -अभ्यास a. practised.
    -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14.
    -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194.
    -3 clever.
    -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence in- capable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ
    1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125.
    -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.)
    -अवधान a. careful, attentive.
    -अवधि a.
    1 fixed, appointed.
    -2 bounded, limited.
    -अवमर्ष a.
    1 effacing from recollection.
    -2 intolerant.
    -अवस्थ a.
    1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6.
    -2 fixed, settled.
    -अस्त्र a.
    1 armed.
    -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62.
    - अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies.
    - आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul.
    -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11.
    -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48.
    - आभरण a. adorned.
    -आयास a. labouring, suffering.
    - आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (
    -यः) a frog; dog ? M. W.
    -आवास a lodging.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 governed; ruled.
    -2 supporting, resting on.
    -3 residing in.
    -आहार a. having taken one's meals.
    -आह्वान a. challenged.
    -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving.
    - उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3.
    -उद्वाह a.
    1 married.
    -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands.
    -उपकार a.
    1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73.
    -2 friendly.
    -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed.
    -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one who has done his work; R.9.3.
    -2 skilful, clever. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme spirit.
    -2 a Saṁnyāsin.
    -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled.
    -कार्य a.
    1 one who has done his work or obtained his object.
    -2 having no need of another's aid.
    -काल a.
    1 fixed or settled as to time.
    -2 who has waited a certain time. (
    -लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.
    -कृत्य, -क्रिय a.
    1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2.
    -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3.
    -3 clever.
    -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32.
    -क्रयः a purchaser.
    -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act.
    -2 one who has fulfilled his duty.
    -3 one who has performed a religious cere- mony; Ms.5.99.
    -क्षण a.
    1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1.
    -2 one who has got an opportunity.
    -घ्न a.
    1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89.
    -2 defeating all previous measures.
    -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता.
    -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6.
    -ज्ञ a.
    1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38.
    -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थ a.
    1 one who has visited or frequented holy places.
    -2 one who studies with a professional teacher.
    -3 fertile in means or expedients.
    -4 a guide.
    -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3.
    -दार a. married.
    -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant.
    -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा)
    -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB).
    -धी a.
    1 prudent, considerate.
    -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79.
    -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6.
    -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189.
    -निश्चय a.
    1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37.
    -2 confident, sure.
    -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery.
    -पूर्व a. done formerly.
    -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94.
    -प्रतिज्ञ a.
    1 one who has made an agreement or engagement.
    -2 one who has fulfilled his promise.
    -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158.
    -फल n. successful. (
    -लम्) result, consequence.
    -बुद्धि a.
    1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3.
    -2 a man of resolute character.
    -3 informed of one's duty.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has per- formed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1.
    -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated.
    -मति a. firm, resolute.
    -मन्यु a. indignant.
    -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia.
    -2 the spotted antelope.
    -मुख a. learned, clever, wise.
    -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages.
    -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 stamped, marked.
    -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239.
    -3 excellent, amiable.
    -4 defined, dis- criminated.
    -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki.
    -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18.
    -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8.
    -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45.
    -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (
    -र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna.
    -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164.
    -वेदिन् a.
    1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ.
    -2 observant of propriety.
    -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27.
    -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.
    -शोभ a.
    1 splendid.
    -2 beautiful.
    -3 handy, dexterous.
    -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21.
    -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9.
    -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astro- nomy.
    -संकल्प a. resolved, determined.
    -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5.
    -संज्ञ a.
    1 having presence of mind... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms.
    -2 restored to consciousness or senses.
    -3 aroused.
    -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221.
    -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred.
    -संस्कार a.
    1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, ini- tiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78.
    -2 Pre- pared, adorned.
    -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has mar- ried another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife.
    -हस्त, -हस्तक a.
    1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy.
    -2 skilled in archery.
    -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity;... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47.
    -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कृत _kṛta

  • 103 सूत्रम् _sūtram

    सूत्रम् [सूत्र्-अच्]
    1 A thread, string, line, cord; पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Subhās.; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवास्ति मे गतिः R.1.4.
    -2 A fibre; सुराङ्गना कर्षति खण्डिताग्रात् सूत्रं मृणालादिव राजहंसी V.1.18; Ku.1.4.
    -3 A wire.
    -4 A collection of threads.
    -5 The sacred thread or sacrificial cord worn by members of the first three classes; शिखासूत्रवान् ब्राह्मणः Tarka K.; विप्रत्वे सूत्रमेव हि Bhāg.12.2.3.
    -6 The string or wire of a puppet.
    -7 A short rule or precept, an aphorism.
    -8 A short or concise technical sentence used as a memorial rule; it is thus defined:-- स्वल्पाक्षरमसंदिग्धं सारवद् विश्वतोमुखम् । अस्तोभमनवद्यं च सूत्रं सूत्रविदो विदुः.
    -9 Any work or manu- al containing such aphoristic rules; e. g. मानवकल्पसूत्र, आपस्तम्बसूत्र, गृह्यसूत्र &c.
    -1 A rule, canon, decree (in law).
    -11 A girdle; वासः ससूत्रं लघुमारुतो$हरद् भवस्य देवस्य किलानुपश्यतः Bhāg.8.12.23.
    -12 A line, stroke.
    -13 A sketch, plan; त्वमेव धर्मार्थदुघाभिपत्तये दक्षेण सूत्रेण ससर्जिथा- ध्वरम् Bhāg.4.6.44.
    -14 Indication, prelude; विशङ्क्य सूत्रं पुरुषायितस्य तद् भविष्यतो$स्मायि तदा तदालिभिः N.16.15.
    -Comp. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of weaving; Kau. A.2.
    -आत्मन् a. having the nature of a string or thread. (-m.) the soul.
    -आली a string of beads &c. worn round the neck, a necklace.
    -कण्ठः 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a pigeon, dove.
    -3 a wag-tail.
    -कर्मन् n. carpentry; अथ भूमिप्रदेशज्ञाः सूत्रकर्मविशारदाः Rām.2.8.1. ˚विशेषज्ञः a weaver; Rām.2.83.12.
    -कारः, -कृत् m.
    1 an author or composer of Sūtras.
    -2 a carpenter.
    -कोणः, -कोणकः a small drum shaped like an hour- glass (डमरु).
    -कोशः a skein of yarn.
    -क्रीडा a parti- cular game with strings (one of the 64 kalās).
    -गण्डिका a kind of stick used by weavers in spinning threads.
    -ग्रन्थः a book of a phorisms.
    -ग्राह a. seizing a thread.
    -ग्राहिन् m. a draftsman, an architect.
    -चरणम् N. of a class of Charaṇas or Vedic schools which introduced various Sūtra-works.
    -तन्तुः 1 a thread, string.
    -2 perseverance, energy.
    -तर्कुटी a distaff, spindle.
    -दरिद्र a. 'poor in threads', having a small number of threads, thread-bare; अयं पटः सूत्रदरिद्रतां गतः Mk.2.9.
    -धरः, -धारः 1 'the thread- holder', a stage-manager, the principal actor who arranges the cast of characters and instructs them, and takes a prominent part in the Prastāvanā or pre- lude; he is thus defined:-- नाट्यस्य यदनुष्ठानं तत् सूत्रं स्यात् सबीजकम् । रङ्गदैवतपूजाकृत् सूत्रधार इति स्मृतः ॥
    -2 a carpen- ter, an artisan.
    -3 the author of a set of aphorisms.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -धृक् m.
    1 an architect.
    -2 a stage-manager.
    -पातः applying the measuring line.
    -पिटकः N. of one of the three collections of Buddhistic writings.
    -पुष्पः the cotton plant.
    -प्रोत a. fastened. with wires (as puppets).
    -भिद् m. a tailor.
    -भृत् m. = सूत्रधार q. v.
    -यन्त्रम् 1 'a thread-machine', shuttle.
    -2 a weaver's loom; सूत्रयन्त्रजविशिष्टचेष्टयाश्चर्यसञ्जिबहुशालभञ्जिकः N.18.13.
    -3 a shuttle.
    -वापः weaving (threads).
    -वीणा a kind of lute.
    -वेष्टनम् 1 a weaver's shuttle.
    -2 the act of weaving.
    -शाखम् the body.
    -स्थानम् (in medic. works) the first general section (treating of the physician, disease, remedies &c).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सूत्रम् _sūtram

  • 104 difference

    1) разность || вычислять разность
    2) несходство, отличие
    5) различие, разница
    6) геод. невязка
    •

    difference between means — матем. разность между средними

    difference in height — геод. разность высот

    difference in phase — электр. сдвиг по фазе

    difference in tuning frequency — радио расстройка между контурами

    English-Russian scientific dictionary > difference

  • 105 form

    1. noun
    1) (type, style) Form, die

    form of address — [Form der] Anrede

    in human form — in menschlicher Gestalt; in Menschengestalt

    in the form of — in Form von od. + Gen.

    in book form — in Buchform; als Buch

    2) no pl. (shape, visible aspect) Form, die; Gestalt, die

    take form — Gestalt annehmen od. gewinnen

    3) (printed sheet) Formular, das
    4) (Brit. Sch.) Klasse, die
    5) (bench) Bank, die
    6) no pl., no indef. art. (Sport): (physical condition) Form, die

    peak form — Bestform, die

    out of form — außer Form; nicht in Form

    in [good] form — (lit. or fig.) [gut] in Form

    she was in great form at the party — (fig.) bei der Party war sie groß in Form

    on/off form — (lit. or fig.) in/nicht in Form

    7) (Sport): (previous record) bisherige Leistungen

    on/judging by [past/present] form — (fig.) nach der Papierform

    true to form — (fig.) wie üblich od. zu erwarten

    good/bad form — gutes/schlechtes Benehmen

    9) (figure) Gestalt, die
    10) (Ling.) Form, die
    2. transitive verb
    1) (make; also Ling.) bilden

    be formed from something — aus etwas entstehen

    2) (shape, mould) formen, gestalten ( into zu); (fig.) formen [Charakter usw.]
    3) sich (Dat.) bilden [Meinung, Urteil]; gewinnen [Eindruck]; fassen [Entschluss, Plan]; kommen zu [Schluss]; (acquire, develop) entwickeln [Vorliebe, Gewohnheit, Wunsch]; schließen [Freundschaft]
    4) (constitute, compose, be, become) bilden

    Schleswig once formed [a] part of Denmark — Schleswig war einmal ein Teil von Dänemark

    5) (establish, set up) bilden [Regierung]; gründen [Bund, Verein, Firma, Partei, Gruppe]
    3. intransitive verb
    (come into being) sich bilden; [Idee:] sich formen, Gestalt annehmen
    * * *
    I 1. [fo:m] noun
    1) ((a) shape; outward appearance: He saw a strange form in the darkness.) die Form, die Gestalt
    2) (a kind, type or variety: What form of ceremony usually takes place when someone gets a promotion?) die Art
    3) (a document containing certain questions, the answers to which must be written on it: an application form.) das Formular
    4) (a fixed way of doing things: forms and ceremonies.) die Formalität
    5) (a school class: He is in the sixth form.) die Klasse
    2. verb
    1) (to make; to cause to take shape: They decided to form a drama group.) bilden, gründen
    2) (to come into existence; to take shape: An idea slowly formed in his mind.) Gestalt annehmen
    3) (to organize or arrange (oneself or other people) into a particular order: The women formed (themselves) into three groups.) formieren
    4) (to be; to make up: These lectures form part of the medical course.) bilden
    •
    - academic.ru/28940/formation">formation
    - be in good form
    - in the form of     II [fo:m] noun
    (a long, usually wooden seat: The children were sitting on forms.) die Bank
    * * *
    [fɔ:m, AM fɔ:rm]
    I. n
    1. (type, variety) Form f, Art f; of a disease Erscheinungsbild nt; of energy Typ m
    the dictionary is also available in electronic \form es ist auch eine elektronische Version des Wörterbuchs erhältlich
    flu can take several different \forms eine Grippe kann sich in verschiedenen Formen äußern
    art \form Kunstform f
    \form of exercise Sportart f
    \form of government Regierungsform f
    \form of a language Sprachvariante f
    life \form Lebensform f
    \form of transport Transportart f
    \forms of worship Formen fpl der Gottesverehrung
    2. no pl (particular way) Form f, Gestalt f
    support in the \form of money Unterstützung in Form von Geld
    help in the \form of two police officers Hilfe in Gestalt von zwei Polizeibeamten
    the training programme takes the \form of a series of workshops die Schulung wird in Form einer Serie von Workshops abgehalten
    in any [shape or] \form in jeglicher Form
    he's opposed to censorship in any shape or \form er ist gegen jegliche Art von Zensur
    in some \form or other auf die eine oder andere Art
    3. (document) Formular nt
    application \form Bewerbungsbogen m
    booking \form BRIT
    reservation \form AM Buchungsformular nt
    entry \form Anmeldeformular m
    order \form Bestellschein m
    printed \form Vordruck m
    to complete [or esp BRIT fill in] [or esp AM fill out] a \form ein Formular ausfüllen
    4. (shape) Form f; of a person Gestalt f
    her slender \form ihre schlanke Gestalt
    the lawn was laid out in the \form of a figure eight der Rasen war in Form einer Acht angelegt
    they made out a shadowy \form in front of them vor ihnen konnten sie den Umriss einer Gestalt ausmachen
    the human \form die menschliche Gestalt
    to take \form Form [o Gestalt] annehmen
    5. no pl ART, LIT, MUS (arrangement of parts) Form f
    \form and content Form und Inhalt
    shape and \form Form und Gestalt
    6. no pl (physical condition) Form f, Kondition f
    I really need to get back in \form ich muss wirklich mal wieder etwas für meine Kondition tun
    to be in excellent [or superb] \form in Topform sein
    to be in good \form [gut] in Form sein
    to be out of \form nicht in Form sein
    7. no pl (performance) Leistung f
    the whole team was on good \form die ganze Mannschaft zeigte vollen Einsatz
    she was in great \form at her wedding party bei ihrer Hochzeitsfeier war sie ganz in ihrem Element
    Sunset's recent \forms are excellent die letzten Formen von Sunset sind hervorragend
    to study the \form die Form prüfen
    9. no pl esp BRIT (procedure) Form f; BRIT
    what's the \form? was ist üblich [o das übliche Verfahren]?
    conventional social \forms konventionelle Formen gesellschaftlichen Umgangs
    a matter of \form eine Formsache
    partners of employees are invited as a matter of \form die Partner der Angestellten werden der Form halber eingeladen
    for \form['s sake] aus Formgründen
    to be good/bad \form BRIT ( dated) sich gehören/nicht gehören
    in due [or proper] \form formgerecht
    to run true to \form wie zu erwarten [ver]laufen
    true to \form he arrived an hour late wie immer kam er eine Stunde zu spät
    10. esp BRIT SCH (class) Klasse f; (secondary year group) Jahrgangsstufe f
    11. LING Form f
    what's the infinitive \form of the verb? wie lautet der Infinitiv von dem Verb?
    12. no pl BRIT (sl: criminal record) Vorstrafenregister nt
    to have \form vorbestraft sein
    [printing] \form [Satz]form f
    14. TECH (shuttering) Verschalung f fachspr
    15. BRIT HUNT (hare's lair) Sasse f fachspr
    16. BOT Form f, Forma f fachspr
    17. (formula) Formel f
    18. PHILOS Form f
    matter and \form Stoff und Form
    19.
    ▶ attack is the best \form of defence ( saying) Angriff ist die beste Verteidigung prov
    II. vt
    ▪ to \form sth etw formen
    \form the dough into balls den Teig zu Bällchen formen
    these islands were \formed as a result of a series of volcanic eruptions diese Inseln entstanden durch eine Reihe von Vulkanausbrüchen
    ▪ to \form sth etw bilden
    they \formed themselves into three lines sie stellten sich in drei Reihen auf
    to \form a circle/queue einen Kreis/eine Schlange bilden
    to \form groups Gruppen bilden
    3. (set up)
    ▪ to \form sth etw gründen
    the company was \formed in 1892 die Firma wurde 1892 gegründet
    they \formed themselves into a pressure group sie gründeten eine Pressuregroup
    to \form an alliance with sb sich akk mit jdm verbünden
    to \form a band eine Band gründen
    to \form committee/government ein Komitee/eine Regierung bilden
    to \form friendships Freundschaften schließen
    to \form an opinion about sth sich dat eine Meinung über etw akk bilden
    a newly-\formed political party eine neu gegründete politische Partei
    to \form a relationship eine Verbindung eingehen
    ▪ to \form sth etw bilden [o darstellen]
    the trees \form a natural protection from the sun's rays die Bäume stellen einen natürlichen Schutz gegen die Sonnenstrahlen dar
    to \form the basis of sth die Grundlage einer S. gen bilden
    to \form the core [or nucleus] of sth den Kern einer S. gen bilden
    to \form part of sth Teil einer S. gen sein
    5. LING
    to \form a sentence/the past tense/a new word einen Satz/die Vergangenheit[szeit]/ein neues Wort bilden
    ▪ to \form sth/sb etw/jdn formen
    the media play an important role in \forming public opinion die Medien spielen eine große Rolle bei der öffentlichen Meinungsbildung
    to \form sb's character jds Charakter formen
    III. vi sich akk bilden; idea, plan Gestalt annehmen
    ▪ to \form into sth sich akk zu etw akk formen
    his strong features \formed into a smile of pleasure ein vergnügtes Lächeln legte sich auf seine markanten Züge
    * * *
    [fɔːm]
    1. n
    1) Form f

    forms of worship — Formen pl der Gottesverehrung

    a form of apology —

    2) (= condition, style, guise) Form f, Gestalt f

    in the form of — in Form von or +gen; (with reference to people) in Gestalt von or +gen

    water in the form of ice —

    3) (= shape) Form f; (of person) Gestalt f
    4) (ART, MUS, LITER: structure) Form f
    5) (PHILOS) Form f
    6) (GRAM) Form f

    the plural form — die Pluralform, der Plural

    7) no pl (= etiquette) (Umgangs)form f

    he did it for form's sake — er tat es der Form halber

    it's bad form — so etwas tut man einfach nicht

    8) (= document) Formular nt, Vordruck m
    9) (= physical condition) Form f, Verfassung f

    to be in fine or good form — gut in Form sein, in guter Form or Verfassung sein

    to be on/off form — in/nicht in or außer Form sein

    he was in great form that evening —

    on past form — auf dem Papier

    10) (esp Brit: bench) Bank f
    11) (Brit SCH) Klasse f
    12) no pl (Brit inf

    = criminal record) to have form — vorbestraft sein

    13) (TECH: mould) Form f
    14)
    See:
    = forme
    15) (of hare) Nest nt, Sasse f (spec)
    2. vt
    1) (= shape) formen, gestalten (into zu); (GRAM) plural, negative bilden
    2) (= train, mould) child, sb's character formen
    3) (= develop) liking, desire, idea, habit entwickeln; friendship schließen, anknüpfen; opinion sich (dat) bilden; impression gewinnen; plan ausdenken, entwerfen
    4) (= set up, organize) government, committee bilden; company, society, political party gründen, ins Leben rufen
    5) (= constitute, make up) part, basis bilden

    the committee is formed of... — der Ausschuss wird von... gebildet

    6) (= take the shape or order of) circle, pattern bilden
    3. vi
    1) (= take shape) Gestalt annehmen
    2) (ESP MIL) sich aufstellen or formieren, antreten

    /into two lines —

    to form into a square to form into battle order — sich im Karree aufstellen sich zur Schlachtordnung formieren

    * * *
    form [fɔː(r)m]
    A s
    1. Form f, Gestalt f:
    take form Form oder Gestalt annehmen (a. fig);
    in the form of in Form von (od gen);
    in tablet form in Tablettenform
    2. TECH Form f:
    a) Fasson f
    b) Schablone f
    3. Form f:
    a) Art f:
    form of government Regierungsform;
    forms of life Lebensformen; → address B 1
    b) Art f und Weise f, Verfahrensweise f
    c) System n, Schema n: → due A 10
    4. Formular n, Vordruck m:
    form letter Schemabrief m
    5. (literarische etc) Form
    6. Form f ( auch LING), Fassung f (eines Textes etc):
    a) Wortart f,
    b) morphologische Klasse
    7. PHIL Form f:
    a) Wesen n, Natur f
    b) Gestalt f
    c) Platonismus: Idee f
    8. Erscheinungsform f, -weise f
    9. Sitte f, Brauch m
    10. (herkömmliche) gesellschaftliche Form, Manieren pl, Benehmen n:
    good (bad) form guter (schlechter) Ton;
    it is good (bad) form es gehört sich (nicht);
    for form’s sake der Form halber
    11. Formalität f: → matter A 3
    12. Zeremonie f
    13. MATH, TECH Formel f:
    form of oath JUR Eidesformel
    14. (körperliche oder geistige) Verfassung, Form f:
    on form der Form nach;
    on (bes US in) (in bad, out of, off) form (nicht) in Form;
    feel in good form sich gut in Form fühlen;
    at the top of one’s form, in great form in Hochform;
    be in very poor form in einem Formtief stecken
    15. a) ( besonders lange) Bank (ohne Rückenlehne)
    b) Br obs (Schul) Bank f
    16. besonders Br (Schul) Klasse f:
    form master (mistress) Klassenlehrer(in)
    17. Br meist forme TYPO (Druck)Form f
    18. Br sl Vorstrafen(liste) pl(f):
    he’s got form er ist vorbestraft
    B v/i
    1. formen, gestalten ( beide:
    into zu;
    after, on, upon nach):
    form a government eine Regierung bilden;
    form a company eine Gesellschaft gründen;
    they formed themselves into groups sie schlossen sich zu Gruppen zusammen;
    they formed themselves into two groups sie bildeten zwei Gruppen
    2. den Charakter etc formen, bilden
    3. a) einen Teil etc bilden, ausmachen, darstellen
    b) dienen als
    4. (an)ordnen, zusammenstellen
    5. MIL (into) formieren (in akk), aufstellen (in dat)
    6. einen Plan etc fassen, entwerfen, ersinnen
    7. sich eine Meinung bilden: → idea 1
    8. Freundschaft etc schließen
    9. eine Gewohnheit annehmen
    10. LING Wörter bilden
    11. TECH (ver)formen, fassonieren, formieren
    C v/i
    1. Form oder Gestalt annehmen, sich formen, sich gestalten, sich bilden, entstehen (alle auch fig)
    2. auch form up MIL antreten, sich formieren ( into in akk)
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (type, style) Form, die

    form of address — [Form der] Anrede

    in human form — in menschlicher Gestalt; in Menschengestalt

    in the form of — in Form von od. + Gen.

    in book form — in Buchform; als Buch

    2) no pl. (shape, visible aspect) Form, die; Gestalt, die

    take form — Gestalt annehmen od. gewinnen

    3) (printed sheet) Formular, das
    4) (Brit. Sch.) Klasse, die
    5) (bench) Bank, die
    6) no pl., no indef. art. (Sport): (physical condition) Form, die

    peak form — Bestform, die

    out of form — außer Form; nicht in Form

    in [good] form — (lit. or fig.) [gut] in Form

    she was in great form at the party — (fig.) bei der Party war sie groß in Form

    on/off form — (lit. or fig.) in/nicht in Form

    7) (Sport): (previous record) bisherige Leistungen

    on/judging by [past/present] form — (fig.) nach der Papierform

    true to form — (fig.) wie üblich od. zu erwarten

    good/bad form — gutes/schlechtes Benehmen

    9) (figure) Gestalt, die
    10) (Ling.) Form, die
    2. transitive verb
    1) (make; also Ling.) bilden
    2) (shape, mould) formen, gestalten ( into zu); (fig.) formen [Charakter usw.]
    3) sich (Dat.) bilden [Meinung, Urteil]; gewinnen [Eindruck]; fassen [Entschluss, Plan]; kommen zu [Schluss]; (acquire, develop) entwickeln [Vorliebe, Gewohnheit, Wunsch]; schließen [Freundschaft]
    4) (constitute, compose, be, become) bilden

    Schleswig once formed [a] part of Denmark — Schleswig war einmal ein Teil von Dänemark

    5) (establish, set up) bilden [Regierung]; gründen [Bund, Verein, Firma, Partei, Gruppe]
    3. intransitive verb
    (come into being) sich bilden; [Idee:] sich formen, Gestalt annehmen
    * * *
    Schulklasse f. n.
    Form -en f.
    Formblatt n.
    Formular -e n.
    Gattung -en f.
    Gestalt -en f.
    Schalung -en f. (seating) n.
    Schulbank m. v.
    bilden v.
    formen v.
    gestalten v.

    English-german dictionary > form

  • 106 norma

    f.
    1 standard.
    este producto no cumple la norma europea this product does not meet European standards
    la norma es que llueva al final de la tarde it usually o normally rains toward the end of the afternoon
    tener por norma hacer algo to make it a rule to do something
    2 Norma.
    3 piece of legislation.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: normar.
    * * *
    1 norm, rule
    \
    norma de conducta rule of conduct
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) rule
    2) norm
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=regla) (tb Educ) rule; [oficial] regulation

    • como o por norma general — as a general rule, as a rule of thumb

    • tener por norma hacer algo — to make it a rule to do sth

    norma de comprobación — (Fís) control

    normas de conducta — [sociales] rules of behaviour; [de periódico, empresa] policy sing

    2) (=situación, costumbre) norm

    es norma ofrecer una copa de bienvenida — it is standard practice o it is the norm to offer a complimentary drink

    como es norma en estos casos — as is standard practice o as is the norm in these cases

    3)

    la norma — (Ling) the standard form

    4) (Arquit, Téc) square
    * * *
    a) ( regla) rule, regulation

    dictar normas — to lay down rules o regulations

    tengo por norma... — I make it a rule...

    es norma que or la norma es que acudan los directivos — it is standard practice for the directors to attend

    * * *
    = convention, guide, norm, pattern, prescription, rule, standard, yardstick.
    Ex. Articulated subject indexes are based on title-like phrases that have some conventions concerning citation order.
    Ex. In so doing the indexes act as an organized guide to large sections of the literature of a subject area.
    Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex. In the same way that citation orders may have more or less theoretical foundations, equally reference generation may follow a predetermined pattern.
    Ex. Granted, standard is an ambiguous term, because it can mean either quality or simply prescription.
    Ex. If administrative regulations, rules, etc., are from jurisdictions in which such regulations, etc., are promulgated by government agencies or agents, enter them under the heading for the agency or agent.
    Ex. A standard is a document available to the public and aimed at the promotion of optimum community benefits and approved by a body recognized on the national, regional or international level.
    Ex. The legitimate yardstick against which to evaluate 'Beatlemusik' is not, pace Paul Johnson, Beethoven's last quartets, but other contemporary popular music.
    ----
    * acatar las normas = toe + the line.
    * atenerse a una norma = conform to + standard.
    * ausencia de normas = anomie.
    * como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.
    * como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.
    * convertirse en la norma = become + the norm.
    * cumplir las normas = abide by + rules and regulations.
    * dar como norma = rule.
    * dar una norma = give + prescription.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * desacatar las normas establecidas = flout + convention.
    * desviación de la norma = deviation + from the norm, departure from the norm.
    * establecer norma = legislate.
    * establecer normas = make + provision, establish + standards.
    * establecer normas de funcionamiento = establish + policy.
    * establecer una norma = lay down + standard, set down + rule.
    * establecer un norma = give + prescription.
    * fuera de las normas comúnmente aceptadas = beyond the pale.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hoja de normas = rule sheet.
    * imponer una norma = place + prescription.
    * incumplimiento de normas = rule breaking.
    * incumplir una norma = infringe + standard, violate + regulation, break + rules.
    * infracción de las normas = breach of regulations, infringement of the rules, breach of the rules.
    * infracción de normas = rule breaking.
    * infringir una norma = infringe + standard, violate + rule, violate + rule, violate + regulation, break + rules.
    * no cumplir una norma = fall (far) short of + norm.
    * norma absoluta = ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * norma absouta = hard and fast rule.
    * norma básica = ground rule.
    * Norma Británica 1749: Recomendaciones para la ordenación alfabética y el ord = BS (British Standard) 1749: Recommendations for alphabetical arrangement and the filing order of numerals and symbols.
    * Norma Británica número + Número = BS + Número.
    * norma de comportamiento social = social pattern.
    * norma de entrada de datos = input standard.
    * norma de la industria = industry standard.
    * norma de trabajo = working rule.
    * norma de vestir = dress code.
    * norma fija = firm rule.
    * norma general = rule of thumb.
    * Norma General Internacional para la Descripción de Archivos (ISAD-G) = General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD(G)).
    * norma inflexible = hard and fast rule, ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * Norma Internacional para la Descripción de Archivos (ISAD) = International Standard Archival Description (ISAD).
    * Norma Internacional para los Lenguajes de Instrucción = International Standard for Command Languages.
    * norma legal = statutory provision.
    * Norma + Número = ISO + Número.
    * norma ortográfica = spelling convention.
    * norma personal = personal norm.
    * norma que se puede aplicar a rajatabla = hard and fast rule, ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * norma rígida = hard and fast rule, ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * normas = policy, code of practice, regulation.
    * normas comunes = standard practices.
    * normas de préstamos vencidos = overdue policy.
    * normas de procedimiento = rules of procedure.
    * normas de uso = user policy.
    * normas habituales = standard practices.
    * normas internas = in-house guidelines.
    * norma social = social norm, societal norm.
    * normas para la elaboración de resúmenes = abstracting policy.
    * norma técnica = technical standard.
    * no seguir una norma = fall (far) short of + norm.
    * ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * que se atiene a una norma = compliant (with).
    * que sigue una norma = compliant (with).
    * ser la norma = be the norm, be the rule, become + the norm.
    * * *
    a) ( regla) rule, regulation

    dictar normas — to lay down rules o regulations

    tengo por norma... — I make it a rule...

    es norma que or la norma es que acudan los directivos — it is standard practice for the directors to attend

    * * *
    = convention, guide, norm, pattern, prescription, rule, standard, yardstick.

    Ex: Articulated subject indexes are based on title-like phrases that have some conventions concerning citation order.

    Ex: In so doing the indexes act as an organized guide to large sections of the literature of a subject area.
    Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex: In the same way that citation orders may have more or less theoretical foundations, equally reference generation may follow a predetermined pattern.
    Ex: Granted, standard is an ambiguous term, because it can mean either quality or simply prescription.
    Ex: If administrative regulations, rules, etc., are from jurisdictions in which such regulations, etc., are promulgated by government agencies or agents, enter them under the heading for the agency or agent.
    Ex: A standard is a document available to the public and aimed at the promotion of optimum community benefits and approved by a body recognized on the national, regional or international level.
    Ex: The legitimate yardstick against which to evaluate 'Beatlemusik' is not, pace Paul Johnson, Beethoven's last quartets, but other contemporary popular music.
    * acatar las normas = toe + the line.
    * atenerse a una norma = conform to + standard.
    * ausencia de normas = anomie.
    * como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.
    * como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.
    * convertirse en la norma = become + the norm.
    * cumplir las normas = abide by + rules and regulations.
    * dar como norma = rule.
    * dar una norma = give + prescription.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * desacatar las normas establecidas = flout + convention.
    * desviación de la norma = deviation + from the norm, departure from the norm.
    * establecer norma = legislate.
    * establecer normas = make + provision, establish + standards.
    * establecer normas de funcionamiento = establish + policy.
    * establecer una norma = lay down + standard, set down + rule.
    * establecer un norma = give + prescription.
    * fuera de las normas comúnmente aceptadas = beyond the pale.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hoja de normas = rule sheet.
    * imponer una norma = place + prescription.
    * incumplimiento de normas = rule breaking.
    * incumplir una norma = infringe + standard, violate + regulation, break + rules.
    * infracción de las normas = breach of regulations, infringement of the rules, breach of the rules.
    * infracción de normas = rule breaking.
    * infringir una norma = infringe + standard, violate + rule, violate + rule, violate + regulation, break + rules.
    * no cumplir una norma = fall (far) short of + norm.
    * norma absoluta = ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * norma absouta = hard and fast rule.
    * norma básica = ground rule.
    * Norma Británica 1749: Recomendaciones para la ordenación alfabética y el ord = BS (British Standard) 1749: Recommendations for alphabetical arrangement and the filing order of numerals and symbols.
    * Norma Británica número + Número = BS + Número.
    * norma de comportamiento social = social pattern.
    * norma de entrada de datos = input standard.
    * norma de la industria = industry standard.
    * norma de trabajo = working rule.
    * norma de vestir = dress code.
    * norma fija = firm rule.
    * norma general = rule of thumb.
    * Norma General Internacional para la Descripción de Archivos (ISAD-G) = General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD(G)).
    * norma inflexible = hard and fast rule, ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * Norma Internacional para la Descripción de Archivos (ISAD) = International Standard Archival Description (ISAD).
    * Norma Internacional para los Lenguajes de Instrucción = International Standard for Command Languages.
    * norma legal = statutory provision.
    * Norma + Número = ISO + Número.
    * norma ortográfica = spelling convention.
    * norma personal = personal norm.
    * norma que se puede aplicar a rajatabla = hard and fast rule, ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * norma rígida = hard and fast rule, ironclad rule, steadfast rule.
    * normas = policy, code of practice, regulation.
    * normas comunes = standard practices.
    * normas de préstamos vencidos = overdue policy.
    * normas de procedimiento = rules of procedure.
    * normas de uso = user policy.
    * normas habituales = standard practices.
    * normas internas = in-house guidelines.
    * norma social = social norm, societal norm.
    * normas para la elaboración de resúmenes = abstracting policy.
    * norma técnica = technical standard.
    * no seguir una norma = fall (far) short of + norm.
    * ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * que se atiene a una norma = compliant (with).
    * que sigue una norma = compliant (with).
    * ser la norma = be the norm, be the rule, become + the norm.

    * * *
    1 (regla) rule, regulation
    normas de conducta rules of conduct
    normas sociales social norms
    observar las normas de seguridad to observe the safety regulations
    las normas vigentes the regulations currently in force
    dictar normas to lay down rules o regulations
    tengo por norma no beber al mediodía I make it a rule not to drink at lunchtime
    2
    (manera común de hacer algo): es norma que or la norma es que acudan a este tipo de reunión los directivos de la empresa it is standard practice for the directors of the company to attend this kind of meeting
    Compuesto:
    linguistic norm
    * * *

     

    norma sustantivo femenino


    normas de seguridad safety regulations;
    tengo por norma … I make it a rule …


    norma sustantivo femenino norm, rule: tiene que ajustarse a la norma europea, it has to meet the European standard
    ' norma' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aplicarse
    - caprichosa
    - caprichoso
    - criterio
    - desordenada
    - desordenado
    - imposición
    - normalizar
    - normalización
    - principio
    - regla
    - reglamentaria
    - reglamentario
    - relajar
    - romper
    - saltarse
    - validez
    - canon
    - cumplimiento
    - disposición
    - elemental
    - excepción
    - implantar
    - inadecuado
    - obedecer
    - regular
    - respetar
    English:
    law
    - norm
    - operative
    - policy
    - regulation
    - rule
    - set aside
    - set down
    - standard
    - vary
    - yardstick
    - departure
    - deviant
    * * *
    norma nf
    1. [patrón, modelo] standard;
    [regla] rule;
    las normas de circulación o [m5] de tráfico the traffic regulations, Br the Highway Code;
    este producto no cumple la norma europea this product does not meet European standards;
    normas de conducta [principios] standards (of behaviour);
    [pautas] patterns of behaviour;
    la norma es que llueva al final de la tarde it usually o normally rains towards the end of the afternoon;
    es la norma hacerlo así it's usual to do it this way;
    tener por norma hacer algo to make it a rule to do sth
    2. Ling norm
    * * *
    f
    1 standard
    2 ( regla) rule, regulation
    * * *
    norma nf
    1) : rule, regulation
    2) : norm, standard
    * * *
    norma n rule
    tener por norma hacer algo to always do something / to never do something

    Spanish-English dictionary > norma

  • 107 पदम् _padam

    पदम् [पद्-अच्]
    1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14.
    -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1.
    -3 A foot-step, foot- print, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286.
    -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3.
    -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'.
    -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c.
    -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6.
    -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65.
    -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14.
    -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9.
    -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular.
    -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1.
    -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14.
    -14 A sqare root.
    -15 A part, por- tion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री.
    -16 A measure of length.
    -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13.
    -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām.
    -19 A quadrant.
    -2 The last of a series.
    -21 A plot of ground.
    -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required.
    -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः).
    -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1.
    -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2.
    -दः A ray of light.
    -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print.
    -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot).
    -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v.
    -अनुग a.
    1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.).
    -2 suitable, agreeable to. (
    -गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6.
    -अनुरागः 1 a servant.
    -2 an army.
    -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar.
    -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada.
    -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza.
    -2 the end of a word.
    -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause.
    -अन्त्य a. final.
    -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot.
    -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office.
    -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word.
    -2 a thing or object.
    -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads).
    -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins.
    -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time.
    -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick.
    -आजिः a foot-soldier.
    -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza.
    -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas).
    -आयता a shoe.
    -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1.
    -आसनम् a foot-stool.
    - आहत a. kicked.
    -कमलम् lotus-like foot.
    -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha.
    -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52.
    -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम.
    -गः a foot-soldier.
    -गतिः f. gait, manner of going.
    -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words.
    -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolu- tion of a sentence into its constituent parts.
    -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed.
    -जातम् class or group of words.
    -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text.
    -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step.
    -2 a foot-mark.
    -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude.
    -4 the plant गोक्षुर.
    -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa.
    -पङ्क्तिः f.
    1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6.
    -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1.
    -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick.
    -4 a kind of metre.
    -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ).
    -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also).
    -बन्धः a foot-step, step.
    -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology.
    -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage.
    -2 a register, journal.
    -3 a calendar.
    -भ्रंशः dismissal from office.
    -माला a magical formula.
    -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.).
    -रचना 1 arrangement of words.
    -2 literary composition.
    -वायः Ved. a leader.
    -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep.
    -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words.
    -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist.
    -व्याख्यानम् interpreta- tion of words.
    -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words.
    -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता.
    -2 a writer, an annotator.
    -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words.
    -स्थ a.
    1 going on foot.
    -2 being in a position of authority or high rank.
    -स्थानम् a foot-print.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पदम् _padam

  • 108 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 109 sea

    si:
    1. noun
    1) ((often with the) the mass of salt water covering most of the Earth's surface: I enjoy swimming in the sea; over land and sea; The sea is very deep here; (also adjective) A whale is a type of large sea animal.) mar
    2) (a particular area of sea: the Baltic Sea; These fish are found in tropical seas.) mar
    3) (a particular state of the sea: mountainous seas.) mar
    •
    - seaward
    - seaboard
    - sea breeze
    - seafaring
    - seafood
    2. adjective
    seafood restaurants.) de marisco
    - sea-going
    - seagull
    - sea level
    - sea-lion
    - seaman
    - seaport
    - seashell
    - seashore
    - seasick
    - seasickness
    - seaside
    - seaweed
    - seaworthy
    - seaworthiness
    - at sea
    - go to sea
    - put to sea
    sea n mar
    by sea por mar / en barco
    Del verbo ser: ( conjugate ser) \ \
    sea es: \ \
    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo
    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo
    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
    Multiple Entries: sea     ser
    sea,
    ◊ seas, etc see ser

    ser ( conjugate ser) cópula 1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
    ◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;
    es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf; es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic; era cierto it was true; sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still; que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc) ver tb imposible, difícil etc 2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be; es viuda she's a widow; ver tb estar 1 cópula 2 3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be; ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me 4 (con predicado introducido por `de'): soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba; es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'; no soy de aquí I'm not from around here 5 (hipótesis, futuro): ¿será cierto? can it be true? verbo intransitivo 1
    b) (liter) ( en cuentos):
    ◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …
    2
    a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):
    ¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?
    ◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;
    ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us? 3 ( sumar):
    ◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;
    son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos; somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether 4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) sea para algo to be for sth; ( en locs)
    ◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;
    ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); ¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!; es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes; o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …; sea como sea at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea donde sea no matter where; sea quien sea whoever it is; si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for … ( en el tiempo) to be;
    ◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;
    serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb v impers sea v impers to be; sea v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be; fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900 ■ sustantivo masculino 1
    a) ( ente) being;
    ◊ sea humano/vivo human/living being
    b) (individuo, persona):
    2 ( naturaleza):
    ser
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
    ser humano, human being
    ser vivo, living being
    2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
    2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
    ya es la una, it's one o'clock
    3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people (al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
    son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
    4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
    5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
    6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
    es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
    7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
    es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
    8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
    ¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
    9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
    10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
    11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
    12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
    13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes (adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
    esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
    15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
    es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
    no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
    16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
    17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
    como sea, anyhow
    de no ser por..., had it not been for
    es más, furthermore
    es que..., it's just that...
    lo que sea, whatever
    o sea, that is (to say)
    sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
    ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit ' sea' also found in these entries: Spanish: adentro - arrastrar - besugo - blanca - blanco - caballito - comunicar - cualquiera - elefante - ser - erizo - erotizar - espada - exclusión - flexible - gruesa - grueso - hipocampo - loba - lobo - lubina - mar - marina - marino - marítima - marítimo - negarse - nivel - no - oportuna - oportuno - orientarse - respeto - segundón - segundona - siquiera - sugestión - un - una - vía - agrado - alto - altura - barco - bendito - breve - bruma - caer - calma - Caribe English: above - apply - as - blast - calm - can - Caribbean - clingy - damn - danger - Dead Sea - devil - facing - however - lost - lung - matter - may - Mediterranean - mist - place - prospect - Red Sea - sea - sea dog - sea lion - sea mist - sea-fish - sea-green - sea-lane - sea-level - sea-water - shame - sink - so - South Sea Islands - spin out - splendid - though - urchin - view - voyage - whenever - whichever - whoever - whose - wonder - word - Adriatic - Aegean
    tr[siː]
    1 mar m & f
    ■ the sea is calm/rough today la mar está serena/picada hoy
    ■ a heavy/light sea una mar gruesa/llana
    1 marítimo,-a, de mar
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    at sea en el mar
    by the sea a orillas del mar
    out to sea mar adentro
    to be all at sea estar perdido,-a, estar confundido,-a
    to find one's sea legs acostumbrarse al mar, no marearse
    to go by sea ir en barco
    to go to sea hacerse marinero
    to put (out) to sea zarpar, hacerse a la mar
    to send something by sea enviar algo por mar
    sea anemone anémona de mar
    sea bass lubina, róbalo
    sea bream pagro, pargo
    sea breeze brisa marina
    sea captain capitán nombre masculino de barco
    sea change cambio radical, metamorfosis nombre femenino
    sea dog lobo de mar
    sea fog bruma
    sea horse caballito de mar, hipocampo
    sea legs equilibrio
    sea mile milla marina (6000 pies ó 1000 brazas ó 1828,8 metros)
    sea mist bruma
    sea pink armenia marítima
    sea power (country) potencia naval 2 (power) poderío naval
    sea trout trucha de mar, reo
    sea urchin erizo de mar
    sea ['si:] adj
    : del mar
    sea n
    1) : mar mf
    the Black Sea: el Mar Negro
    on the high seas: en alta mar
    heavy seas: mar gruesa, mar agitada
    2) mass: mar m, multitud f
    a sea of faces: un mar de rostros
    adj.
    • marinero, -a adj.
    • marino, -a adj.
    n.
    • mar s.f.
    • mar s.m.
    • océano s.m.
    siː
    1) c
    a) (often pl) ( ocean) mar m [The noun mar is feminine in literary language and in some set idiomatic expressions]

    a house by the sea — una casa a orillas del mar, una casa junto al mar

    to goavel by sea — ir*/viajar en barco

    to put (out) to sea — hacerse* a la mar

    to dump waste at sea — verter* desechos en el mar

    to feel/be at sea: this left him feeling completely at sea esto lo confundió totalmente; at first I was all at sea al principio me sentí totalmente perdido or confundido; (before n) <route, transport> marítimo; < battle> naval; < god> del mar; < nymph> marino; the sea air/breeze el aire/la brisa del mar; sea crossing — travesía f

    b) ( inland) mar m
    2) (swell, turbulence) (usu pl)

    heavy o rough seas — mar f gruesa, mar m agitado or encrespado or picado

    3) (large mass, quantity) (no pl)
    [siː]
    1. N
    1) (=not land) mar m (or f in some phrases)

    • (out) at sea — en alta mar

    to remain two months at sea — estar navegando durante dos meses, pasar dos meses en el mar

    • beside the sea — a la orilla del mar, junto al mar

    • beyond the seas — más allá de los mares

    • to go by sea — ir por mar

    a house by the sea — una casa junto al mar or a la orilla del mar

    • heavy sea(s) — mar agitado or picado

    • on the high seas — en alta mar

    • on the sea — (boat) en alta mar

    • rough sea(s) — mar agitado or picado

    • to sail the seas — navegar los mares

    • the seven seas — todos los mares del mundo

    • in Spanish seas — en aguas españolas

    • the little boat was swept out to sea — la barquita fue arrastrada mar adentro

    to go to sea — [person] hacerse marinero

    to put (out) to sea — [sailor, boat] hacerse a la mar, zarpar

    - be all at sea about or with sth
    north
    2) (fig)

    • a sea of blood — un río or mar de sangre

    • a sea of corn — un mar de espigas

    • a sea of faces — un mar de caras

    • a sea of flame — un mar de llamas

    • a sea of troubles — un mar de penas

    2.
    CPD

    sea air N — aire m de mar

    sea anemone N — anémona f de mar

    sea bass N — corvina f

    sea bathing N — baño m en el mar

    sea battle N — batalla f naval

    sea bed N — fondo m del mar, lecho m marino frm

    sea bird N — ave f marina

    sea boot N — bota f de marinero

    sea bream N — besugo m

    sea breeze N — brisa f marina

    sea captain N — capitán m de barco

    sea change N — (fig) viraje m, cambio m radical

    sea chest † N — cofre m

    sea coast N — litoral m, costa f marítima

    sea cow N — manatí m

    sea defences NPL — estructuras fpl de defensa (contra el mar)

    sea dog N — (lit, fig) lobo m de mar

    sea fight N — combate m naval

    sea fish N — pez m marino

    sea floor N — fondo m del mar

    sea front N — paseo m marítimo

    sea grass N — hierbas fpl marinas

    sea-green

    sea horse N — caballito m de mar, hipocampo m

    sea kale N — col f marina

    sea lamprey N — lamprea f marina

    sea lane N — ruta f marítima

    sea legs NPL —

    sea level N — nivel m del mar

    sea lion N — león m marino

    sea mist N — bruma f marina

    sea perch N — perca f de mar

    sea power N — potencia f naval

    sea room N — espacio m para maniobrar

    sea route N — ruta f marítima

    sea salt N — sal f marina

    sea scout N — scout m / f marino(-a)

    sea serpent N — serpiente f de mar

    sea transport N — transporte m por mar, transporte m marítimo

    sea trip N — viaje m por mar

    sea trout N — trucha f marina, reo m

    sea turtle N — (US) tortuga f de mar, tortuga f marina

    sea urchin N — erizo m de mar

    sea view N — (Brit) vistas fpl al mar

    sea wall N — malecón m, rompeolas m inv

    sea water N — agua f de mar

    sea wrack N — algas fpl (en la playa)

    * * *
    [siː]
    1) c
    a) (often pl) ( ocean) mar m [The noun mar is feminine in literary language and in some set idiomatic expressions]

    a house by the sea — una casa a orillas del mar, una casa junto al mar

    to go/travel by sea — ir*/viajar en barco

    to put (out) to sea — hacerse* a la mar

    to dump waste at sea — verter* desechos en el mar

    to feel/be at sea: this left him feeling completely at sea esto lo confundió totalmente; at first I was all at sea al principio me sentí totalmente perdido or confundido; (before n) <route, transport> marítimo; < battle> naval; < god> del mar; < nymph> marino; the sea air/breeze el aire/la brisa del mar; sea crossing — travesía f

    b) ( inland) mar m
    2) (swell, turbulence) (usu pl)

    heavy o rough seas — mar f gruesa, mar m agitado or encrespado or picado

    3) (large mass, quantity) (no pl)

    English-spanish dictionary > sea

  • 110 mezclar

    v.
    1 to mix.
    mezcló la pintura roja con la amarilla she mixed the red and yellow paint together
    Ella mezcla medicamentos She mixes drugs.
    Ella mezcla las piezas del juego She mixes the game pieces.
    2 to mix up.
    3 to confuse.
    Ella mezcla las ideas She confuses ideas.
    * * *
    1 (incorporar, unir) to mix, blend
    2 (desordenar) to mix up
    3 (persona) to involve (en, in)
    1 (personas) to mix ( con, with)
    2 (cosas) to get mixed up
    3 (entremeterse) to interfere (en, in)
    * * *
    verb
    1) to mix, blend
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=combinar) [+ ingredientes, colores] to mix, mix together; [+ estilos] to mix, combine; [+ personas] to mix

    he mezclado el agua caliente con la fría — I've mixed the hot and cold water together, I've mixed the hot water with the cold

    2) (=confundir, desordenar) [+ fotos, papeles] to mix up, mess up; [+ idiomas] to mix up, muddle up; [+ naipes] to shuffle

    ¿quién me ha mezclado todos los papeles? — who's mixed o messed up all my papers?

    3) [+ café, tabaco, whisky] to blend
    4) (Mús) [+ sonido] to mix
    5) (=implicar)

    mezclar a algn en algo — to involve sb in sth, get sb involved in sth

    2.
    VI * [con bebidas alcohólicas] to mix (one's) drinks
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( combinar) to mix
    b) <café/vino/tabaco> to blend
    2) <documentos/ropa> to mix up, get... mixed up
    2.
    mezclarse v pron
    a) (con un fondo, una multitud) to merge

    mezclarse en algo — to get mixed up o involved in something

    2) razas/culturas to mix
    * * *
    = collate, interfile, merge, mix, blend, fuse, mingle (with), cross + the line, remix, mix up, admix, knot into, weave together, mash up, commingle.
    Ex. Contents page bulletins which comprise copies of contents pages of periodicals collated and dispatched to users are also reliant upon titles.
    Ex. File boxes can be used and filed on shelves, if appropriate, interfiled with the books.
    Ex. During the construction of a thesaurus, the computer can be enlisted to sort, merge, edit and compare terms.
    Ex. Plaster was mixed with water and poured over the type, and allowed to set; when it had hardened it was lifted off the page (the oil preventing it from sticking to the type), and baked hard in an oven.
    Ex. In her last appraisal they had observed how she blended many attractive personal qualities with intelligence, energy, and determination.
    Ex. The experiment is financed externally and aims to fuse the functions of the 2 library types.
    Ex. Not so long ago, the far off lands existed, to most people, in their imagination where they mingled with fairy tales and imaginary stories.
    Ex. This is a critical distinction, and the line between policy and operations should not be crossed.
    Ex. Once music is digitized you can filter it, bend it, archive it, rearrange it, remix it, mess with it.
    Ex. This recipe will teach kids the basics of mixing up a flaky crust -- the first and most important step in baking an apple pie.
    Ex. This ready-to-eat nutritious food is made by admixing condensed milk with rolled oats, honey, dates, wheat germ, coconuts, and walnuts.
    Ex. The issues entangled in Van Gogh's work - issues of the market, gender, and class - were also knotted into the work of many avant-garde artists of the late 19th c.
    Ex. She does this by weaving together, in a highly structured pattern, pieces from a variety of texts.
    Ex. The name comes from pop music, where DJs have made a hobby out of mashing up multiple, disparate songs to create new sounds.
    Ex. By mixing the marital property (your paycheck) with the separate property (your inheritance), you have ' commingled' them, and they cannot be considered separate property anymore.
    ----
    * cuenco para mezclar = mixing bowl.
    * imposible de mezclar = unmixable.
    * mezclarse = socialise [socialize, -USA], run together.
    * mezclarse con = blend into, blend in with.
    * sin mezclar = unmixed.
    * volver a mezclar = remix.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( combinar) to mix
    b) <café/vino/tabaco> to blend
    2) <documentos/ropa> to mix up, get... mixed up
    2.
    mezclarse v pron
    a) (con un fondo, una multitud) to merge

    mezclarse en algo — to get mixed up o involved in something

    2) razas/culturas to mix
    * * *
    = collate, interfile, merge, mix, blend, fuse, mingle (with), cross + the line, remix, mix up, admix, knot into, weave together, mash up, commingle.

    Ex: Contents page bulletins which comprise copies of contents pages of periodicals collated and dispatched to users are also reliant upon titles.

    Ex: File boxes can be used and filed on shelves, if appropriate, interfiled with the books.
    Ex: During the construction of a thesaurus, the computer can be enlisted to sort, merge, edit and compare terms.
    Ex: Plaster was mixed with water and poured over the type, and allowed to set; when it had hardened it was lifted off the page (the oil preventing it from sticking to the type), and baked hard in an oven.
    Ex: In her last appraisal they had observed how she blended many attractive personal qualities with intelligence, energy, and determination.
    Ex: The experiment is financed externally and aims to fuse the functions of the 2 library types.
    Ex: Not so long ago, the far off lands existed, to most people, in their imagination where they mingled with fairy tales and imaginary stories.
    Ex: This is a critical distinction, and the line between policy and operations should not be crossed.
    Ex: Once music is digitized you can filter it, bend it, archive it, rearrange it, remix it, mess with it.
    Ex: This recipe will teach kids the basics of mixing up a flaky crust -- the first and most important step in baking an apple pie.
    Ex: This ready-to-eat nutritious food is made by admixing condensed milk with rolled oats, honey, dates, wheat germ, coconuts, and walnuts.
    Ex: The issues entangled in Van Gogh's work - issues of the market, gender, and class - were also knotted into the work of many avant-garde artists of the late 19th c.
    Ex: She does this by weaving together, in a highly structured pattern, pieces from a variety of texts.
    Ex: The name comes from pop music, where DJs have made a hobby out of mashing up multiple, disparate songs to create new sounds.
    Ex: By mixing the marital property (your paycheck) with the separate property (your inheritance), you have ' commingled' them, and they cannot be considered separate property anymore.
    * cuenco para mezclar = mixing bowl.
    * imposible de mezclar = unmixable.
    * mezclarse = socialise [socialize, -USA], run together.
    * mezclarse con = blend into, blend in with.
    * sin mezclar = unmixed.
    * volver a mezclar = remix.

    * * *
    mezclar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (combinar) to mix
    mezclar todo hasta formar una pasta mix all the ingredients into a paste, mix all the ingredients together to form a paste
    mezclando diferentes estilos se obtiene esta decoración this kind of decoration is achieved by mixing o combining different styles
    mezclar la harina y la mantequilla con los dedos rub the butter into the flour with your fingertips
    mezclar algo CON algo to mix sth WITH sth
    esta pintura se puede mezclar con agua this paint can be mixed with water
    mezclar los huevos con el azúcar mix the eggs and the sugar together
    2 ‹café/vino/tabaco› to blend
    B ‹papeles/documentos/ropa› to mix up, get … mixed up
    has mezclado todas las fotos you've got(ten) the photographs all mixed o muddled up
    mezcla los dos idiomas she gets the two languages mixed o muddled up
    mezclar algo CON algo to get sth mixed up WITH sth
    mezcló estos recibos con los del mes pasado she got these receipts muddled o mixed up with last month's
    C (involucrar) mezclar a algn EN algo to get sb mixed up o involved IN sth, involve sb IN sth
    no la mezcles en esto don't get her involved in this, don't involve her in this
    A «persona»
    1 (con un fondo, una multitud) to merge
    2 (involucrarse) mezclarse EN algo to get mixed up o involved IN sth
    evita mezclarse en cuestiones políticas she avoids getting mixed up o involved in politics
    se mezcla con toda clase de gente she mixes with all kinds of people
    no te mezcles con ese tipo de gente don't associate o mix with people like that
    B «razas/culturas» to mix
    * * *

     

    mezclar ( conjugate mezclar) verbo transitivo
    1

    mezclar algo con algo to mix sth with sth
    b) ‹café/vino/tabaco› to blend

    2 ‹documentos/ropa› to mix up, get … mixed up;
    mezclar algo con algo to get sth mixed up with sth
    3 ( involucrar) mezclar a algn en algo to get sb mixed up o involved in sth
    mezclarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) ( involucrarse) mezclarse en algo to get mixed up o involved in sth

    b) ( tener trato con) mezclarse con algn to mix with sb

    2 [razas/culturas] to mix
    mezclar verbo transitivo
    1 (combinar, amalgamar) to mix, blend: no me gusta mezclar a los amigos, I don't like to mix my friends
    2 (algo ordenado antes) to mix up: mezcló sus cosas con las tuyas, he got his things mixed up with yours
    3 (involucrar) to involve, mix up
    ' mezclar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    batir
    - combinarse
    English:
    blend
    - merge
    - mix
    - scramble
    - toss
    - combine
    - dub
    - jumble
    - mingle
    - mixer
    - mixing bowl
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [combinar, unir] to mix;
    [tabaco, whisky] to blend;
    mezclar algo con algo to mix sth with sth;
    mezcló la pintura roja con la amarilla she mixed the red and yellow paint together, she mixed the red paint with the yellow
    2. [culturas, pueblos] to mix
    3. [confundir, desordenar] to mix up;
    no mezcles las piezas don't mix the pieces up;
    creo que estás mezclando los países I think you're mixing up o muddling up the countries
    4. [implicar]
    mezclar a alguien en algo to involve sb in sth, to get sb mixed up in sth;
    no me mezcles en tus asuntos don't involve me in your affairs, don't get me mixed up in your affairs
    * * *
    v/t mix; tabaco, café etc blend;
    mezclar a alguien en algo get s.o. mixed up o involved in sth
    * * *
    1) : to mix, to blend
    2) : to mix up, to muddle
    3) involucrar: to involve
    * * *
    1. (en general) to mix
    2. (desordenar) to mix up

    Spanish-English dictionary > mezclar

  • 111 दुर् _dur

    दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.).
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 weak-eyed.
    -2 evileyed.
    (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die.
    -2 dishonest gambling.
    -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63.
    -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1.
    -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19.
    -3 inevitable. (
    -मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -अत्यय a.
    1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88.
    -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13.
    -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune.
    -अधिग, -अधिगम a.
    1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33.
    -2 insurmountable.
    -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18.
    -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (
    -तम्) improper stay at a place.
    -अधीत a. badly learnt or read.
    -अध्यय a.
    1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11.
    -2 hard to be studied.
    -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking.
    -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33.
    -अन्त a.
    1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg.
    -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb.
    -3 hard to be understood or known.
    -4 insurmountable.
    -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्वय a.
    1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17.
    -2 hard to be carried out or followed.
    -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18.
    -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14.
    (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses.
    -2 (in gram.) a false agreement.
    -अपवादः ill report. slander.
    -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught.
    -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud.
    - अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26.
    -अवग्रह a.
    1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31.
    -2 disagreeable.
    -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19.
    -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28.
    -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29.
    -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67.
    -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced.
    -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miser- able state; Bhāg.5.3.12.
    -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1.
    -अवेक्षितम् an improper look.
    -अह्नः a bad day.
    -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped.
    -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29.
    -आक्रम a.
    1 invincible, unconquer- able.
    -2 difficult to be passed.
    -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack.
    -2 difficult approach.
    -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition.
    -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, head- strongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43.
    1 hard to be performed.
    -2 incurable (as a disease).
    -आचार a.
    1 ill-conducted, badly be- haved.
    -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (
    -रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness.
    -आढ्य a. not rich, poor.
    -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness.
    -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel.
    - आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible.
    -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb.
    -2 not to be attacked with impu- nity.
    -3 haughty. (
    -र्षः) white mustard.
    -आधारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आधिः (m.)
    1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28.
    -2 indignation.
    -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of.
    - आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38.
    -आप a.
    1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62.
    -2 difficult to be ap- proached; Pt.1.67.
    -3 hard to be overcome.
    -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42.
    -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8.
    -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (
    -धः) N. of Śiva.
    -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22.
    -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38.
    -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted.
    (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 the cocoanut tree.
    -3 the date tree.
    -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47.
    -आरोह a. difficult of ascent.
    (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree.
    -2 the palm tree.
    -3 the date tree.
    -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation.
    -2 foul of abusive language.
    -आलोक a.
    1 difficult to be seen or perceived.
    -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (
    -कः) dazzling splendour.
    -आव(वा)र a.
    1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5.
    -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped.
    -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23.
    1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15.
    -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36.
    -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire.
    -2 hoping against hope.
    -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19.
    1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15.
    -2 difficult to be found or met with.
    -3 unequalled, unparalleled.
    -4 hard to be borne, insupportable.
    -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (
    -दः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -इत a.
    1 difficult.
    -2 sinful.
    (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43.
    -2 a difficulty, danger.
    -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3.
    -इतिः f. Ved.
    1 a bad course.
    -2 difficulty.
    -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation.
    -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person.
    -ईशः a bad lord or master.
    -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation.
    -2 an evil eye.
    -उक्त a. harshly utter- ed; Pt.1.89.
    -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb.
    -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 unanswerable.
    -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17.
    - उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5.
    -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41.
    -उदाहर a. diffi- cult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73.
    -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbear- able.
    - उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9.
    -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9.
    -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt.
    -एव a. Ved.
    1 having evil ways.
    -2 irresis- tible, unassailable. (
    -वः) a wicked person.
    -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy.
    - ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14.
    -2 unattain- able.
    -3 incomprehensible.
    -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22.
    (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass.
    -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61.
    -3 rough ground.
    -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58.
    (-गः) 1 bdellium.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (
    -कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficu- lties. (
    -नः) a camel. ˚संचरः
    1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (
    -र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva.
    -2 the female cuckoo
    -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina.
    -गत a.
    1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1.
    -2 indigent, poor.
    -3 distressed, in trouble.
    -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265.
    -गतिः f.
    1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4.
    -2 a difficult situation or path.
    -3 hell.
    -गन्ध a. ill-smelling.
    (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink
    -2 any ill-smelling substance.
    -3 an onion.
    -4 the mango tree. (
    -न्धम्) sochal salt.
    -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling.
    -गम a.
    1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49.
    -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment.
    -3 hard to be understood. (
    -मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81.
    -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable.
    -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4.
    -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17.
    -ग्रह a.
    1 difficult to be gained or accomplished.
    -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52.
    -3 hard to be understood.
    (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm.
    -2 obstinacy.
    -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41.
    -घट a.
    1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364.
    -2 impossible.
    -घण a.
    1 closely packed together, very compact.
    -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B.
    -घोषः 1 a harsh cry.
    -2 a bear.
    -जन a.
    1 wicked, bad, vile.
    -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (
    -नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2).
    -जय a. invincible. (
    -यः) N. of Viṣṇu.
    -जर a.
    1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1.
    -2 hard (as food), indigestible.
    -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19.
    -जात a.
    1 unhappy, wretched.
    -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142.
    -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb.
    (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.'
    -2 impropriety.
    -जाति a.
    1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96.
    -2 out- cast. (
    -तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition.
    -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (
    -यः) N. of Śiva.
    -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct.
    -2 impropriety
    -3 in- justice.
    -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name.
    -णीत a.
    1 ill-behaved.
    -2 impolitic.
    -3 forward. (
    -तम्) miscon- duct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H.
    -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable.
    -दर्श a.
    1 difficult to be seen.
    -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52.
    -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8.
    -दशा a misfortune, calamity.
    -दान्त a.
    1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22.
    -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34.
    (-तः) 1 a calf.
    -2 a strife, quarrel.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -दिन a. cloudy, rainy.
    (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ.
    -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57.
    -3 a shower (of any- thing); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5.
    -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.)
    -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173.
    -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever
    -2 an abusive word.
    -दृश a.
    1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298.
    -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5.
    -दृष्ट a. ill- judged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35.
    -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune.
    -द्यूतम् an unfair game.
    -द्रुमः onion (green).
    -धर a.
    1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped.
    -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28.
    -3 difficult to be accomplished.
    -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (
    -रः) quicksilver.
    -धर्ष a.
    1 inviolable, unassailable.
    -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5.
    -3 fearful, dreadful.
    -4 haughty.
    -धी a. stupid, silly.
    -नयः 1 arrogance.
    -2 immorality.
    -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22.
    -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण).
    -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles.
    -निग्रह a. irre- pressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35.
    -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1.
    -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5.
    -2 a bad pretext.
    -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be check- ed or warded off, irresistible, invincible.
    -नीतम् 1 mis- conduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49.
    -2 ill-luck.
    -नीतिः f. mal- administration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36.
    -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417.
    -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44.
    -बल a.
    1 weak, feeble.
    -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24.
    -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3.
    -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12.
    -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28.
    -बाल a.
    1 bald-headed.
    -2 void of prepuce.
    -3 having crook- ed hair.
    -बुद्धि a.
    1 silly, foolish, stupid.
    -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23
    -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18.
    -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscru- table; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6.
    -भग a.
    1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415.
    -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking.
    -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17.
    -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew.
    -3 a widow;
    -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156.
    -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (
    ग्यम्) ill-luck.
    -भावना 1 an evil thought.
    -2 a bad tendency.
    -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2.
    -2 want in general.
    -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ.
    -भृत्यः a bad servant.
    -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14.
    -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother.
    -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient.
    -मति a.
    1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant.
    -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3.
    -मद a. drun- ken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7.
    -दः foolish pride, arrogance.
    -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52.
    -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconso- late, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3].
    -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man.
    -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169.
    -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9.
    -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass.
    -मरणम् violent or unnatural death.
    -मर्ष a.
    1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42.
    -2 obstinate, hostile.
    -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13,
    -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked.
    -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553.
    -मित्रः 1 a bad friend.
    -2 an enemy.
    -मुख a.
    1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9.
    -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69.
    (-खः) 1 a horse.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.)
    -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.)
    -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle).
    -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear.
    -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26.
    -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27.
    -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour.
    -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance.
    -2 a bad combi- nation.
    -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (
    -नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father pro- posed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one addi- tional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17.
    -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59.
    -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible.
    -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2.
    -लभ a.
    1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ.
    -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17.
    -3 best, excellent, eminent.
    -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8.
    -4 dear, beloved.
    -5 costly.
    -ललित a.
    1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9.
    -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (
    -तम्) waywardness, rudeness.
    -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91.
    -वच a.
    1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2.
    -2 not to be talked about.
    -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (
    -चम्) abuse, censure, foul language.
    -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb.
    -वर्ण a. bad-coloured.
    -र्णः 1 bad colour.
    -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47.
    (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28.
    -2 a kind of leprosy.
    -वस a. difficult to be resided in.
    -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94.
    -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11.
    -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.)
    1 evil words, abuse.
    -2 inelegant language or speech.
    -वाच्य a.
    1 difficult to be spoken or uttered.
    -2 abusive, scurrilous.
    -3 harsh, cruel (as words).
    (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse.
    -2 scandal, ill-repute.
    -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4.
    -वादः slander, defamation, calumny.
    -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21.
    -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86.
    -2 a chimera.
    -वासस् a.
    1 ill-dressed.
    -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jama- dagni, has become almost proverbial.)
    -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18.
    -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable.
    -विचिन्त्य inconcei- vable, inscrutable
    -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2.
    -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly.
    -2 wholly ignorant.
    -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3.
    -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11.
    -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354.
    -विध a.
    1 mean, base, low.
    -2 wicked, vile.
    -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23.
    -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39.
    -विनयः misconduct, imprudence.
    -विनीत a.
    1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mis- chievous.
    -2 stubborn, obstinate.
    (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse.
    -2 a wayward person, reprobate.
    -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46.
    (-कः) 1 bad result or conse- quence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7.
    -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth.
    -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56.
    -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29.
    -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6.
    -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1.
    -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41.
    -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (
    -षः) N. of Śiva.
    -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (
    -हः) N. of Śiva.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved.
    -2 roguish. (
    -त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya.
    -वृत्तिः f.
    1 misconduct.
    -2 misery, want, distress.
    -3 fraud.
    -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought.
    -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained.
    -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law.
    -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour.
    -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3.
    -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73.
    -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient.
    -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice.
    -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy.
    -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intention- ed, wicked.
    -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > दुर् _dur

  • 112 LAG

    * * *
    n.
    1) stratum, layer;
    2) due place, right position;
    leggja stýri í lag, to ship the rudder;
    ganga ór lagi, to go wrong;
    fóru nú brýnn hans í lag, his brows became smooth and straight;
    koma lagi á e-t, to put to rights, get a thing into order;
    komast vel í lag, to fall into good order;
    3) companionship, fellowship;
    leggja (binda) saman lag sitt, to enter into fellowship;
    4) living together (hann réðst til lags við Beru);
    eiga lag við konu, to cohabit;
    6) market price, tax;
    leggja lag á varning manna, to set or regulate the market price;
    7) thrust, stab (with a knife, sword, or spear);
    8) air, tune;
    9) adverbial phrases:
    í tvennu lagi, in two parts, double;
    í öllu lagi, in every respect, quite;
    í sumu (mörgu) lagi, in same (many) respects;
    with compar. or superl., denoting degree;
    í meira lagi, considerably, rather;
    í fyrra lagi, rather early, among the earliest;
    í verra lagi, among the worst;
    í hljóðara lagi, rather silent;
    í nærra lagi, rather close;
    þann dag svaf Unnr í lengra lagi, U. slept that day longer than she was wont;
    Helias var í fyrsta lagi spámanna, H. was one of the first of prophets;
    í elzta lagi sona hans, among the oldest of his sons;
    minnsta lag, the least share.
    * * *
    n. [leggja], a stratum, layer; vóru þá Varbelgir at taka af þau lög sem eptir vóru brúarinnar, Fms. ix. 512: freq. in mod. usage, e. g. lag í vegg, a layer or course of masonry.
    II. metaph. shape, Lat. forma:
    1. a laying in order, due place, right position; leggja stýri í lag, to ship the rudder in its place, hook it on, Fms. vii. 47; leggja stýri ór lagi, to unship the rudder, Al. 67; ganga ór lagi, to be displaced, get wrong, Fms. viii. 291; fóru nú brýnn hans í lag, his brows became smooth and straight, of a man frowning, Eg. 306; koma lagi á e-t, to make a thing right, get a thing into order, Fms. xi. 28; hann kvaðsk eigi lagi mundu á koma fyrir næstu vetrnætr, 67; fylkingar hans komask vel í lag, his ranks fell into good order, Al. 142; brugðit er nú lagi ór því sem vant er, i. e. matters go wrong, not as they were wont to go, Grett. 183 new Ed.; nærri lagi, pretty well.
    2. companionship, fellowship, in an enterprise of peace or war; leggja saman lag sitt, to enter into fellowship, Orkn. 88; þeir áttu mikit lag við Þveræinga, Lv. 73; bundu þeir jarl lag sitt saman, Fms. i. 20; kom til lags við Sigurð jarl sá maðr er hét Rauðr, 194; þá réðsk til lags með honum Einarr þambarskelfir, v. 4; taka e-n til lags ok félagsskapar, x. 202; hann fór til lags með Sörkvi Karli ok herjaði, Nj. 183: of living together, hann réðsk til lags við Beru, Gullþ. 13; fé-lag, q. v.: cohabitation, eiga lag við konu, to cohabit, Karl. 47, Þiðr. 247, Ver. 27, H. E. i. 247, Fms. vi. 122; taka konu til lags, Bs. i. 852; fylgja e-m at lagi (i. e. not in wedlock), Sturl. i. 94, 97; fá lag konu, Þiðr. 299.
    3. market price, tax, as e. g. in Icel. the godi of a district had to ‘lay,’ i. e. set or regulate the market price, Hænsaþ. S. ch. 2; gjalda allt at því lagi sem þar gengr, Grág. i. 213; leggja lag á mjöl, ii. 404; leggja lag á varning manna, Ísl. ii. 126; sagði þann vanda at hann legði lag á varning manna, id.; hundraðs-lag, B. K. 53; fjár-lag, tax, Grág. i. 500.
    4. a thrust, stab, Nj. 97, 253, Eg. 231, 379, Orkn. 450, Fms. ii. 94, and passim; see leggja.
    5. regular time; árar-lag (q. v.), a boating term, time, stroke; hafðu lagið, keep time! hafa seint, fljótt lagið, kunna ekki árarlagið: so in the saying, allt vill lagið hafa, all things require time and tact, or require to be done in a due manner; ó-lag, disorder; það er allt í ólagi, það er ólag á því:—naut., lag is the lull between the breakers, the nick of time for landing; but ólag, the wrong time, when the breakers are dashing against the shore; one of these waves is called dauða-lag, see the interesting passage in Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 660.
    6. [Engl. lay], an air, tune; hétu þeir er bundnir vóru á hinn heilaga Thorlák biskup, at þeir skyldi lausir verða, lögum nokkrum (söngum, v. l.), Sturl. ii. 33: freq. in mod. usage, esp. of hymns, hymna-lag, a hymn-tune, of the Ambrosian hymns; sálma-lag, a psalm-tune; vísna-lag, a song-tune; rímna-lag, a ballad-air: also used of metres, in old metric, Haðar-lag, Edda (Ht.) 140; Togdrápu-lag, 137; tog-lag, 138; Fornyrða-lag, 142; Bálkar-lag, id.; Galdra-lag, 143; Flagða-lag, 245; it is possible that songs composed in these metres were a kind of ‘airs’ accompanied by singing.
    II. adverb. in layers; í tvennu lagi, in two layers, double, Fms. i. 156; í öllu lagi, in every respect, in everything, quite, Band. 6 new Ed.; í mörgu lagi, in many respects, Fms. vi. 133, Fs. 123; í sumu lagi, in some respects, Fms. vi. 207.
    2. with compar. or superl., denoting degree; í meira lagi, considerably, rather, Þiðr. 80; í fyrra lagi, rather early, among the earlier, Ísl. ii. 126; minnsta lag, the least share, Sturl. iii. 238; í verra lagi, among the worst, Hrafn. 9; í hljóðara lagi, rather silent, Sks. 370; í fastara lagi, Str. 9; í lengra lagi, þann dag svaf Unnr í lengra lagi, U. slept that day longer than she was wont, Ld. 14; í lægra lagi, Stj. 107; í hærra lagi, í fremra, síðara lagi, passim; í mesta lagi, very greatly; sá er í mesta lagi strauma þeirra er á Breiðafirði eru, Ld. 56, Stj. 156; í heldra lagi, Fms. ii. 72, Al. 92; Helias var í fyrsta lagi spámanna, H. was one of the first of prophets, Ver. 29; í elzta lagi sona hans, among the oldest of his sons, Fagrsk. 12; í nærra lagi, rather close, Konr. 3; í flesta lagi, very numerous, Gísl. 26:—sér í lagi, laid by itself, apart, D. N. ii. 93; meðallagi (q. v.), average.
    COMPDS: lagskona, lagsmaðr.
    B. Lög, only in plur., [prop. what is ‘laid,’ cp. Germ. gesetz, Gr. θεσμός; the Engl. law seems to be a Scandin. word, for Germ. and Saxon use other words; Dan. lov; Swed. lag]:—law; proverbs, með lögum skal land byggja en með ólögum eyða, Nj. 106; svo eru lög sem hafa tog, Kveldv. i. 45: various law phrases, segja lög, to say the law, tell what is law, esp. technically used of the law-speaker who had to read the law in public, and who, in cases of dispute, had to say what was the law; svá er mælt at sá maðr skal vera nokkorr ávallt á landi óru er skyldr sé til þess at segja lög mönnum, ok heitir sá lögsögu-maðr, Grág. i. 1; biskup skal lög segja en eigi leikmenn, Bs. i. 720; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; sem ek veit sannast ok réttast ok helzt at lögum, in the oath formula, 232; leiða í lög, to introduce a law; eptir þat leiddi Skapti Þóroddsson í lög fimmtardóm ok allt þat er upp var talit, 151; þú hefir þó mest at gört, segir Gestr, þótt öðrum verði auðit í lög at leiða, 163; taka e-t í lög, id., Bs. i. 158; leggja lög á e-t, id.; dæma e-m lög, Eg. ch. 57; mæla lög, Fms. vii. 142; ræna e-n lögum, Ld. 102; bjóða, festa lög fyrir sik, N. G. L. passim; setja lög, Fms. xi. 75, Fb. ii. 48; halda vel log sín, 76.
    II. law community, communion, as also a law-district; þyki mér sem málum várum sé komit í únýtt efni, ef eigi hafa ein lög allir, en ef sundr-skipt er lögunum þá mun sundr-skipt friðinum, Nj. 164; í hverri þessi deild landsins er sitt lögþing ok sín lög, yfir hverjum lögum er lögmaðr, Ó. H. 65; þrælar mínir eru ekki í lögum eðr landsrétt við aðra menn, id.; kaupeyri mun ek fá þér svá mikinn at þú megir ganga í hraustra manna lög, Ld. 254; þóat menn vildi þangat ráðask er eigi vóru í þessum lögum, Fms. xi. 76; sögðusk hvárir ór lögum við aðra, Nj. 164; leiða e-n í lög, to introduce a person as a lawful citizen, naturalise, Grág. i. 357; eru þeir nú leiddir í lög með þeim Jómsvíkingum, Fms. xi. 80; lendum mönnum ok sýslumönnum í hverjum lögum ( law community) sem þeir sjá at bezt ber ok hæfir, Gþl. 56; innan laga várra, N. G. L. i. 7; ef maðr kemr ór lögum várum í fylki annat með bú sitt, 98; en þat görðisk þar, at annarr maðr at öðrum nefndi sér vátta ok sögðusk hvárir ór lögum við aðra enir Kristnu menn ok enir heiðnu, Bs. i. 22: in a geographical sense, almost as a local name, Gulaþings-lög, Eiðsævis-lög, Þrænda-lög, passim:—in nicknames of great lawyers, Laga-Eiðr, Bárð. new Ed.; Laga-Ulfljótr, Þórð. (1860) 94.
    COMPDS: lagaafbrigði, lagabeiðsla, lagaboð, lagaboðorð, lagabók, lagabrjótr, lagabrot, Lagabætir, lagadeilur, lagadómr, lagaeiðr, lagaflækjur, lagafrestr, lagafrétt, lagagipt, lagagrein, lagagæzla, lagahald, lagahellur, lagahlýðni, lagakaup, lagakefli, lagakvánfang, lagalauss, lagaleiga, lagalyriti, lagalöstr, lagamaðr, lagamál, lagaorð, lagapróf, lagarefsing, lagarétting, lagaréttr, lagaripting, lagasetning, lagaskilnaðr, lagaskilorð, lagaskipan, lagaskipti, lagasnápr, lagasókn, lagastefna, lagatak, Lagatíð, lagaundanfærsla, lagaúrskurðr, lagavápn, lagavegr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LAG

  • 113 प्रतिपद्


    prati-pad
    1) ind. (cf. prati-pad) = - padam;

    - darṡinī f. « looking at every step», a woman L. ;
    2) Ā. - padyate (ep. fut. alsoﾠ - patsyati), to set foot upon, enter, go orﾠ resort to, arrive at, resch, attain VS. etc. etc.;
    to walk, wander, roam ChUp. ;
    to come back to (acc.), return MBh. ;
    to happen, occur, take place PārGṛ. MBh. ;
    to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in orﾠ upon one's self. ṠBr. etc. etc.;
    to receive back, recover AitBr. Ṡak. ;
    to restore to favour Ragh. ;
    to undertake, begin (acc. dat. orﾠ inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kāv. etc.;
    to do anything to any person, act orﾠ proceed orﾠ behave towards orﾠ against (loc. gen. orﾠ acc.) MBh. Hariv. R. ;
    to make, render MBh. ;
    to fall to a person's (acc.) lot orﾠ share, PārGr. ;
    to let a person (dat.) have anything Āpast. ;
    to give back, restore Mn. VIII, 183 ;
    to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of orﾠ acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. etc.;
    to deem, consider, regard Ṡaṃk. Sāh. ;
    to answer affirmatively say yes (with orﾠ scil. tathā, orﾠ tathêti), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kāv. etc.;
    to begin to speak, commence (with acc. orﾠ instr.) RV. Br. ;
    to answer ChUp. ( alsoﾠ with uttaram R.):
    Caus. - pādayati, to convey orﾠ lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2́ acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc. dat. orﾠ gen.) Kauṡ. Mn. MBh. etc.;
    to give in marriage Āpast. ;
    to spend. ib. ;
    to present with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ. ;
    to put in, appoint to (loc.) R. ;
    to produce, cause, effect MBh. R. etc.;
    to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart MBh. R. etc.;
    to deem, consider, regard as (2́ acc.) Pañcat. (v.l. - vadasi for - pādayasi):
    Desid. - pitsate (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54),
    to wish to attain Ṡaṃk. ;
    to wish to know Bhām.:
    Desid. of Caus. - pipādayishati, to wish orﾠ intend to explain orﾠ analyze Ṡaṃk. ;
    prati-pád
    3) f. access, ingress. entrance VS. ṠBr. ;

    the path to be walked, the right path L. ;
    beginning, commencement TS. TBr. ;
    an introductory verse orﾠ stanza Br. ṠrS. ;
    ( alsoﾠ - padā orﾠ - padī) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the moon's wane) AgP. L. ;
    understanding, intelligence L. ;
    taste for anything Jātakam. ;
    rank, consequence W. ;
    a kettle-drum ib. ;
    - paccandra m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered andﾠ saluted) Ragh. ;
    - pat-tūrya n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. - patti-paṭaha) L. ;
    - pan-maya mfn. obedient, willing Jātakam.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रतिपद्

  • 114 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 115 ὁ

    ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.
    ① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun
    ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.
    ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).
    ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.
    ② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state
    ⓐ w. nouns
    α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.
    א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.
    ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.
    β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).
    γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.
    δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).
    ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.
    ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.
    η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.
    θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.
    ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.
    ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.
    α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.
    β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.
    γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.
    δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.
    ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives
    α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.
    β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.
    ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.
    α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).
    β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands
    א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).
    ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.
    ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.
    ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.
    ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.
    ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express
    ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.
    ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.
    ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.
    ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.
    ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands
    α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.
    β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.
    ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are
    α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).
    β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.
    γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).
    ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί
    α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.
    β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).
    γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.
    ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ

  • 116 settle

    1. transitive verb
    1) (place) (horizontally) [sorgfältig] legen; (vertically) [sorgfältig] stellen; (at an angle) [sorgfältig] lehnen

    he settled himself comfortably on the couch — er machte es sich (Dat.) auf der Couch bequem

    2) (establish) (in house or business) unterbringen; (in country or colony) ansiedeln [Volk]
    3) (determine, resolve) aushandeln, sich einigen auf [Preis]; beilegen [Streit, Konflikt, Meinungsverschiedenheit]; beseitigen, ausräumen [Zweifel, Bedenken]; entscheiden [Frage, Spiel]; regeln, in Ordnung bringen [Angelegenheit]

    that settles it — dann ist ja alles klar (ugs.); (expr. exasperation) jetzt reicht's! (ugs.)

    settle one's affairs — seine Angelegenheiten in Ordnung bringen; seinen Nachlass regeln

    4) (deal with, dispose of) fertig werden mit
    5) bezahlen, (geh.) begleichen [Rechnung, Betrag]; erfüllen [Forderung, Anspruch]; ausgleichen [Konto]
    6) (cause to sink) sich absetzen lassen [Bodensatz, Sand, Sediment]
    7) (calm) beruhigen [Nerven, Magen]
    8) (colonize) besiedeln
    9) (bestow)

    settle money/property on somebody — jemandem Geld/Besitz übereignen

    2. intransitive verb
    1) (become established) sich niederlassen; (as colonist) sich ansiedeln
    2) (end dispute) sich einigen
    3) (pay what is owed) abrechnen
    4) (in chair etc.) sich niederlassen; (to work etc.) sich konzentrieren (to auf + Akk.); (into way of life etc.) sich gewöhnen ( into an + Akk.)

    the snow/dust settled on the ground — der Schnee blieb liegen/der Staub setzte sich [am Boden] ab

    darkness/silence/fog settled over the village — Dunkelheit/Stille/Nebel legte od. senkte sich über das Dorf

    5) (subside) [Haus, Fundament, Boden:] sich senken; [Sediment:] sich ablagern
    6) (be digested) [Essen:] sich setzen; (become calm) [Magen:] sich beruhigen
    7) (become clear) [Wein, Bier:] sich klären
    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/91431/settle_back">settle back
    * * *
    ['setl]
    1) (to place in a position of rest or comfort: I settled myself in the armchair.) sich niederlassen
    2) (to come to rest: Dust had settled on the books.) sich legen
    3) (to soothe: I gave him a pill to settle his nerves.) beruhigen
    4) (to go and live: Many Scots settled in New Zealand.) sich niederlassen
    5) (to reach a decision or agreement: Have you settled with the builders when they are to start work?; The dispute between management and employees is still not settled.) klären
    6) (to pay (a bill).) begleichen
    •
    - settlement
    - settler
    - settle down
    - settle in
    - settle on
    - settle up
    * * *
    set·tle
    [ˈsetl̩, AM ˈset̬l̩]
    I. vi
    1. (get comfortable) es sich dat bequem machen
    we \settled in front of the television wir machten es uns vor dem Fernseher bequem fam
    2. (calm down) person sich akk beruhigen; anger, excitement sich akk legen; weather beständig werden
    3. AUS, BRIT (apply oneself)
    ▪ to \settle to sth sich akk etw dat widmen
    to \settle to work sich akk an die Arbeit machen
    4. (end dispute) sich akk einigen
    ▪ to \settle on sth sich akk für etw akk entscheiden; (agree on) sich akk auf etw akk einigen
    to \settle on a name sich akk für einen Namen entscheiden
    ▪ to \settle for sth mit etw dat zufrieden sein
    I'll \settle for chicken and chips ich nehme Hähnchen mit Pommes frites
    6. ( form: pay) begleichen geh
    ▪ to \settle with sb mit jdm abrechnen [o fam Kasse machen
    7. (take up residence) sich akk niederlassen
    after they got married, they \settled in Brighton nach ihrer Hochzeit zogen sie nach Brighton
    8. (get used to)
    ▪ to \settle into sth sich akk an etw akk gewöhnen
    it took Ed a long time to \settle into living in London es dauerte lange, bis sich Ed an das Leben in London gewöhnt hatte
    9. (alight on surface) sich akk niederlassen; (build up) sich akk anhäufen [o ansammeln]; (sink) [ab]sinken; particles in liquid sich senken; house, wall, dust sich setzen
    do you think the snow will \settle? glaubst du, dass der Schnee liegen bleibt?
    a peaceful expression \settled on her face ( fig) ein friedlicher Ausdruck legte sich auf ihr Gesicht
    II. vt
    1. (calm down)
    ▪ to \settle sb/sth jdn/etw beruhigen
    to \settle the children for the night die Kinder für die Nacht zurechtmachen
    to \settle one's stomach seinen Magen beruhigen
    ▪ to \settle sth etw entscheiden; (deal with) etw regeln; (in writing) etw [schriftlich] festlegen
    it's been \settled that we'll spend Christmas at home wir haben vereinbart, Weihnachten zu Hause zu verbringen
    ▪ to \settle when/where/why... entscheiden, wann/wo/warum...
    to \settle the details of a contract die Einzelheiten eines Vertrags aushandeln
    3. (bring to conclusion)
    ▪ to \settle sth etw erledigen; (resolve) etw beilegen; business transaction abwickeln
    that \settles that damit hat sich das erledigt, und damit hat sich's! fam
    to \settle one's affairs ( form) seine Angelegenheiten regeln [o in Ordnung bringen]
    to \settle an argument [or a dispute] /differences einen Streit/Unstimmigkeiten beilegen
    to \settle a crisis/a problem eine Krise/ein Problem lösen
    to \settle a grievance einen Missstand beseitigen
    to \settle a lawsuit einen Prozess durch einen Vergleich beilegen
    to \settle a matter eine Angelegenheit regeln
    to \settle a strike einen Streik beenden
    ▪ to \settle sth etw begleichen geh
    ▪ to \settle sth on sb (bequeath) jdm etw hinterlassen [o vererben] [o fam vermachen]
    to \settle an account ein Konto ausgleichen
    to \settle money/property on sb jdm Geld/Besitz übertragen
    to \settle a place einen Ort besiedeln
    6. ECON
    to \settle a property in trust Eigentum einer Treuhänderschaft übertragen [o überschreiben]
    \settled property in Treuhänderschaft überschriebenes Eigentum
    7.
    ▶ to \settle an account [or a score] [or old scores] [with sb] [mit jdm] abrechnen fig
    * * *
    I ['setl]
    n
    (Wand)bank f II
    1. vt
    1) (= decide) entscheiden; (= sort out) regeln, erledigen; problem, question, points klären; dispute, differences, quarrel beilegen, schlichten; doubts ausräumen, beseitigen; date, place vereinbaren, ausmachen (inf); venue festlegen or -setzen; deal abschließen; price sich einigen auf (+acc), aushandeln; terms aushandeln

    the result of the game was settled in the first half — das Ergebnis des Spiels stand schon in der ersten Halbzeit fest

    that's settled then — das ist also klar or geregelt

    that settles it — damit wäre der Fall (ja wohl) erledigt; (angry) jetzt reichts

    2) (= pay) bill begleichen, bezahlen; account ausgleichen
    3) (= calm) nerves, stomach beruhigen

    we need rain to settle the dust — wir brauchen Regen, damit sich der Staub setzt

    4) (= place carefully) legen; (in upright position) stellen; (= make comfortable for sleep etc) child, invalid versorgen; pillow zurechtlegen

    to settle oneself comfortably in an armchair — es sich (dat) in einem Sessel bequem machen

    to settle oneself to doing sth — sich daranmachen, etw zu tun

    to settle one's gaze on sb/sth — seinen Blick auf jdm/etw ruhen lassen

    5) (= establish in house) unterbringen
    6)

    to settle sb into a house/job — jdm helfen, sich häuslich einzurichten/sich in eine Stellung einzugewöhnen

    See:
    7) (= colonize) land besiedeln; (= set up) people ansiedeln
    8) (form)

    to settle money/property on sb — jdm Geld/Besitz überschreiben or übertragen; (in will) jdm Geld/Besitz vermachen

    9) (inf

    = put an end to) I'll soon settle his nonsense —

    I'll soon settle him (verbally also) — dem werd ichs geben (inf) dem werd ich was erzählen (inf)

    that settled him! — da hatte er sein Fett weg (inf)

    2. vi
    1) (= put down roots) sesshaft werden; (in country, town, profession) sich niederlassen; (as settler) sich ansiedeln; (in house) sich häuslich niederlassen, sich einrichten; (= feel at home) (in house, town, country) sich einleben (into in +dat); (in job, surroundings) sich eingewöhnen (into in +dat)

    to settle into a habit — sich (dat) etw angewöhnen

    as he settled into middle age — als er älter und reifer wurde

    2) (= become less variable weather) beständig werden
    3) (= become calm child, matters, stomach) sich beruhigen; (panic, excitement) sich legen; (= become less excitable or restless) zur Ruhe kommen, ruhiger werden
    4) (= come to rest, sit down person, bird, insect) sich niederlassen or setzen; (dust) sich setzen or legen; (= sink slowly, subside, building, walls) sich senken; (ground, liquid, sediment, coffee grounds) sich setzen; (wine) sich beruhigen

    to settle comfortably in an armchair — es sich (dat) in einem Sessel gemütlich or bequem machen

    fog/silence settled over the city — Nebel/Stille legte sich über die Stadt or breitete sich über der Stadt aus

    See:
    → dust
    5) (JUR)

    to settle ( out of court) — sich vergleichen

    6) (= pay) bezahlen → also settle with
    See:
    → also settle with
    * * *
    settle1 [ˈsetl]
    A v/t
    1. vereinbaren, (gemeinsam) festsetzen, sich einigen auf (akk):
    it is as good as settled es ist so gut wie abgemacht; → hash1 C 3
    2. ein Zimmer etc richten, in Ordnung bringen
    3. auch settle up WIRTSCH erledigen, in Ordnung bringen, regeln:
    a) bezahlen, eine Rechnung etc auch begleichen
    b) ein Konto ausgleichen
    c) eine Transaktion etc abwickeln
    d) einen Anspruch befriedigen: → account C 1, book A 9
    4. a) Menschen ansiedeln, ansässig machen
    b) Land besiedeln, kolonisieren
    c) Handelsniederlassungen etc errichten, etablieren
    5. a) jemanden (beruflich, häuslich etc) etablieren, unterbringen
    b) ein Kind etc versorgen, ausstatten
    c) seine Tochter verheiraten
    6. die Füße, den Hut etc (fest) setzen (on auf akk)
    7. settle o.s. sich niederlassen (in in einen od einem Sessel etc; on auf einen od einem Stuhl)
    8. settle o.s. to sich an eine Arbeit etc machen, sich anschicken zu
    9. auch settle down jemanden, den Magen, die Nerven etc beruhigen
    10. den Boden, auch fig jemanden, den Glauben, die Ordnung festigen:
    settle a road eine Straße befestigen
    11. a) eine Institution etc gründen, aufbauen (on auf dat)
    b) eine Sprache regeln
    12. eine Frage etc klären, regeln, entscheiden, erledigen:
    a) damit ist der Fall erledigt,
    b) iron jetzt ist es endgültig aus
    13. a) einen Streit beilegen, schlichten: → court A 10
    14. umg jemanden fertigmachen, zum Schweigen bringen (auch weitS. töten)
    15. a) eine Flüssigkeit ablagern lassen, klären
    b) Trübstoffe sich setzen lassen
    16. den Inhalt eines Sackes etc sich setzen lassen, zusammenstauchen: shake the bag to settle the flour damit sich das Mehl setzt
    17. seine Angelegenheiten (vor dem Tod) ordnen, in Ordnung bringen, seinen Nachlass regeln
    18. (on, upon)
    a) den Besitz etc übertragen (dat oder auf akk)
    b) (letztwillig) vermachen (dat)
    c) ein Legat, eine Rente etc aussetzen (dat oder für)
    19. die Erbfolge regeln, bestimmen
    B v/i
    1. → A 7:
    settle back sich (gemütlich) zurücklehnen
    2. a) sich ansiedeln oder niederlassen (in in dat)
    b) settle in sich einrichten
    c) settle in sich einleben, sich eingewöhnen:
    settle into a new job sich an einem neuen Arbeitsplatz eingewöhnen
    a) sich niederlassen (in in dat),
    b) sich (häuslich) niederlassen (in in dat),
    c) auch marry and settle down einen Hausstand gründen
    d) sesshaft werden, zur Ruhe kommen
    e) es sich gemütlich machen
    4. meist settle down fig sich legen (Zorn etc), (auch Person) sich beruhigen
    5. settle down to sich widmen (dat), sich an eine Arbeit etc machen
    6. settle on fallen auf (akk), sich zuwenden (dat), sich konzentrieren auf (akk):
    7. MED sich festsetzen (on, in in dat), sich legen (on auf akk)
    8. beständig(er) werden (Wetter):
    it settled in for rain es regnete sich ein;
    it is settling for a frost es wird Frost geben
    9. sich senken oder setzen (Grundmauern etc)
    10. auch settle down SCHIFF langsam absacken (Schiff)
    11. sich setzen (Trübstoffe), sich (ab)klären (Flüssigkeit)
    12. sich legen (Staub)
    13. sich einigen:
    settle (up)on
    a) sich entscheiden für, sich entschließen zu,
    b) sich einigen auf (akk); → court A 10
    a) sich zufriedengeben mit, sich begnügen mit,
    b) sich abfinden mit
    15. eine Vereinbarung treffen
    a) zahlen,
    b) abrechnen ( with mit) (a. fig)
    a) abrechnen mit (a. fig),
    b) WIRTSCH einen Vergleich schließen mit,
    c) WIRTSCH einen Gläubiger abfinden
    settle2 [ˈsetl] s Sitz-, Ruhebank f (mit hoher Rückenlehne)
    * * *
    1. transitive verb
    1) (place) (horizontally) [sorgfältig] legen; (vertically) [sorgfältig] stellen; (at an angle) [sorgfältig] lehnen
    3) (determine, resolve) aushandeln, sich einigen auf [Preis]; beilegen [Streit, Konflikt, Meinungsverschiedenheit]; beseitigen, ausräumen [Zweifel, Bedenken]; entscheiden [Frage, Spiel]; regeln, in Ordnung bringen [Angelegenheit]

    that settles it — dann ist ja alles klar (ugs.); (expr. exasperation) jetzt reicht's! (ugs.)

    settle one's affairs — seine Angelegenheiten in Ordnung bringen; seinen Nachlass regeln

    4) (deal with, dispose of) fertig werden mit
    5) bezahlen, (geh.) begleichen [Rechnung, Betrag]; erfüllen [Forderung, Anspruch]; ausgleichen [Konto]
    6) (cause to sink) sich absetzen lassen [Bodensatz, Sand, Sediment]
    7) (calm) beruhigen [Nerven, Magen]
    8) (colonize) besiedeln

    settle money/property on somebody — jemandem Geld/Besitz übereignen

    2. intransitive verb
    1) (become established) sich niederlassen; (as colonist) sich ansiedeln
    2) (end dispute) sich einigen
    3) (pay what is owed) abrechnen
    4) (in chair etc.) sich niederlassen; (to work etc.) sich konzentrieren (to auf + Akk.); (into way of life etc.) sich gewöhnen ( into an + Akk.)

    the snow/dust settled on the ground — der Schnee blieb liegen/der Staub setzte sich [am Boden] ab

    darkness/silence/fog settled over the village — Dunkelheit/Stille/Nebel legte od. senkte sich über das Dorf

    5) (subside) [Haus, Fundament, Boden:] sich senken; [Sediment:] sich ablagern
    6) (be digested) [Essen:] sich setzen; (become calm) [Magen:] sich beruhigen
    7) (become clear) [Wein, Bier:] sich klären
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    v.
    abmachen v.
    bereinigen (Konto) v.
    bereinigen (Streit) v.
    besiedeln v.
    sich einen Wohnsitz nehmen ausdr.
    sich niederlassen v.

    English-german dictionary > settle

  • 117 pes

    pēs, pĕdis, m. [kindr. with Sanscr. pād, foot, from root pad, ire; Gr. pod-, pous; Goth. fōt; old Germ. vuoz; Engl. foot], a foot of man or beast.
    I.
    Lit.:

    si pes condoluit,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 22, 52:

    calcei apti ad pedem,

    id. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    nec manus, nec pedes, nec alia membra,

    id. Univ. 6:

    pede tellurem pulsare,

    i. e. to dance, Hor. C. 1, 37, 1; cf.:

    alterno pede terram quatere,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 7;

    4, 1, 27: pedis aptissima forma,

    Ov. Am. 3, 3, 7:

    aves omnes in pedes nascuntur,

    are born feet first, Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149:

    cycnum pedibus Jovis armiger uncis Sustulit,

    Verg. A. 9, 564; cf. id. ib. 11, 723: pedem ferre, to go or come, id. G. 1, 11:

    si in fundo pedem posuisses,

    set foot, Cic. Caecin. 11, 31: pedem efferre, to step or go out, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 19:

    qui pedem portā non extulit,

    Cic. Att. 8, 2, 4; 6, 8, 5:

    pedem portā non plus extulit quam domo suā,

    id. ib. 8, 2, 4: pedem limine efferre, id. Cael. 14, 34: pedem referre, revocare, retrahere, to go or come back, to return:

    profugum referre pedem,

    Ov. H. 15, 186; id. M. 2, 439.—Said even of streams:

    revocatque pedem Tiberinus ab alto,

    Verg. A. 9, 125:

    retrahitque pedes simul unda relabens,

    id. ib. 10, 307; cf. infra, II. H.: pedibus, on foot, afoot:

    cum ingressus iter pedibus sit,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 34; Suet. Aug. 53.—

    Esp. in phrase: pedibus ire, venire, etc.: pedibus proficisci,

    Liv. 26, 19:

    pedibus iter conficere,

    id. 44, 5:

    quod flumen uno omnino loco pedibus transire potest,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18:

    (Caesar) pedibus Narbonem pervenit,

    id. B. C. 2, 21:

    ut neque pedibus aditum haberent,

    id. B. G. 3, 12 init. —Rarely pede ire ( poet. and late Lat.):

    quo bene coepisti, sic pede semper eas,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 9, 66:

    Jordanem transmiserunt pede,

    Ambros. in Psa. 118, 165, n. 16.— Trop.:

    Bacchus flueret pede suo,

    i. e. wine unmixed with water, Auct. Aetn. 13; cf.:

    musta sub adducto si pede nulla fluant,

    Ov. P. 2, 9, 32, and II. H. infra.—Pregn., by land:

    cum illud iter Hispaniense pedibus fere confici soleat: aut si quis navigare velit, etc.,

    Cic. Vatin. 5, 12:

    seu pedibus Parthos sequimur, seu classe Britannos,

    Prop. 2, 20, 63 (3, 23, 5):

    ego me in pedes (conicio),

    take to my heels, make off, Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 5.— Esp.: ad pedes alicui or alicujus, accidere, procidere, jacere, se abicere, se proicere, procumbere, etc., to approach as a suppliant, to fall at one's feet:

    ad pedes omnium singillatim accidente Clodio,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:

    abjectā togā se ad generi pedes abiecit,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 4:

    rex procidit ad pedes Achillei,

    Hor. Epod. 17, 14:

    vos ad pedes lenonis proiecistis,

    Cic. Sest. 11, 26:

    filius se ad pedes meos prosternens,

    id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:

    tibi sum supplex, Nec moror ante tuos procubuisse pedes,

    Ov. H. 12, 186:

    cui cum se moesta turba ad pedes provolvisset,

    Liv. 6, 3, 4:

    ad pedes Caesaris provoluta regina,

    Flor. 4, 11, 9:

    (mater una) mihi ad pedes misera jacuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 129; cf.:

    amplecti pedes potui,

    Ov. M. 9, 605:

    complector, regina, pedes,

    Luc. 10, 89:

    servus a pedibus,

    a footman, lackey, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1: sub pedibus, under one's feet, i. e. in one's power, Verg. A. 7, 100; Liv. 34, 32: sub pedibus esse or jacere, to be or lie under one's feet, i. e. to be disregarded ( poet.):

    sors ubi pessima rerum, Sub pedibus timor est,

    Ov. M. 14, 490:

    amicitiae nomen Re tibi pro vili sub pedibusque jacet,

    id. Tr. 1, 8, 16: pedem opponere, to put one's foot against, i. e. to withstand, resist, oppose ( poet.), id. P. 4, 6, 8: pedem trahere, to drag one's foot, i. e. to halt, limp; said of scazontic verse, id. R. Am. 378: trahantur haec pedibus, may be dragged by the heels, i. e. may go to the dogs (class.):

    fratrem mecum et te si habebo, per me ista pedibus trahantur,

    Cic. Att. 4, 16, 10; id. Fam. 7, 32, 2: ante pedes esse or ante pedes posita esse, to lie before one's feet, i. e. before one's eyes, to be evident, palpable, glaring:

    istuc est sapere, non quod ante pedes modo est, Videre, sed etiam illa, quae futura sunt, Prospicere,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 32:

    transilire ante pedes posita, et alia longe repetita sumere,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 40, 160:

    omni pede stare,

    i. e. to use every effort, make every exertion, Quint. 12, 9, 18: nec caput nec pes, neither head nor foot, beginning nor end, no part:

    nec caput nec pes sermonum apparet,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 139:

    garriet quoi neque pes neque caput conpareat,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 81: tuas res ita contractas, ut, quemadmodum scribis, nec caput nec pedes, Curio ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 31, 2:

    ut nec pes nec caput uni Reddatur formae,

    Hor. A. P. 8:

    dixit Cato, eam legationem nec caput, nec pedes, nec cor habere,

    Liv. Epit. 50: pes felix, secundus, i. e. a happy or fortunate arrival:

    adi pede secundo,

    Verg. A. 8, 302:

    felix,

    Ov. F. 1, 514; cf.:

    boni pedis homo, id est cujus adventus afferat aliquid felicitatis,

    Aug. Ep. ad Max. Gram. 44.—So esp. pes dexter, because it was of good omen to move the right foot first;

    temples had an uneven number of steps, that the same foot might touch the first step and first enter the temple,

    Vitr. 3, 3; cf. Petr. 30:

    quove pede ingressi?

    Prop. 3 (4), 1, 6.—So the left foot was associated with bad omens; cf. Suet. Aug. 92 init.:

    pessimo pede domum nostram accessit,

    App. M. 6, 26, p. 184, 1; hence, dextro pede, auspiciously: quid tam dextro [p. 1363] pede concipis, etc., Juv. 10, 5: pedibus pecunia compensatur, said proverbially of distant lands purchased at a cheap rate, but which it costs a great deal to reach, Cato ap. Cic. Fl. 29, 72: a pedibus usque ad caput, from head to foot, all over (late Lat.; cf.:

    ab imis unguibus usque ad verticem summum,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7, 20), Aug. in Psa. 55, 20; 90, 1, 2 et saep.; cf.:

    a vestigio pedis usque ad verticem,

    Ambros. Offic. Min. 2, 22, 114.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Milit. t. t.: descendere ad pedes, to alight, dismount, of cavalry, Liv. 9, 22:

    pedibus merere,

    to serve on foot, as a foot-soldier, id. 24, 18:

    ad pedes pugna ierat,

    they fought on foot, id. 21, 46: pedem conferre, to come to close quarters:

    collato pede rem gerere,

    id. 26, 39; Cic. Planc. 19, 48.—
    2.
    Publicist's t. t.: pedibus ire in sententiam alicujus, to adopt one's opinion, take sides with one:

    cum omnes in sententiam ejus pedibus irent,

    Liv. 9, 8, 13; 5, 9, 2.—
    3.
    In mal. part.:

    pedem or pedes tollere, extollere (ad concubitum),

    Mart. 10, 81, 4; 11, 71, 8;

    hence the lusus verbb. with pedem dare and tollere,

    Cic. Att. 2, 1, 5. —
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    A foot of a table, stool, bench, etc., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 46:

    mensae sed erat pes tertius impar,

    Ov. M. 8, 661; cf.:

    pedem et nostrum dicimus, et lecti, et veli, ut carminis (v. in the foll.),

    Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 2:

    tricliniorum,

    Plin. 34, 2, 4, § 9:

    subsellii,

    Auct. Her. 4, 55, 68:

    pes argenteus (mensae),

    Juv. 11, 128.—
    B.
    Pes veli, a rope attached to a sail for the purpose of setting it to the wind, a sheet:

    sive utrumque Juppiter Simul secundus incidisset in pedem,

    Cat. 4, 19:

    pede labitur aequo,

    i. e. before the wind, with the wind right aft, Ov. F. 3, 565:

    pedibus aequis,

    Cic. Att. 16, 6 init.; cf. also the passage quoted above from Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 2; and:

    prolato pede, transversos captare Notos,

    id. Med. 322.— Hence, facere pedem, to veer out one sheet, to take advantage of a side wind, to haul the wind: una omnes fecere pedem;

    pariterque sinistros, Nunc dextros solvere sinus,

    Verg. A. 5, 830:

    prolatis pedibus,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.—
    C.
    The foot of a mountain (post-class.):

    Orontes imos pedes Casii montis praetermeans,

    Amm. 14, 8, 10 al. —
    D.
    Ground, soil, territory (post-class.):

    in Caesariensis pede,

    Sol. 3, 2:

    omnis Africa Zeugitano pede incipit,

    id. 27, 1; cf.:

    quamvis angustum pedem dispositio fecit habitabilem,

    Sen. Tranq. An. 10, 4.—
    E.
    The stalk or pedicle of a fruit, esp. of the grape, together with the husk:

    vinaceorum pes proruitur,

    Col. 12, 43; so id. 12, 36.—Of the olive, Plin. 15, 1, 2, § 5: pes milvinus or milvi, the stalk or stem of the plant batis, Col. 12, 7.—Hence, as a name for several plants: pedes gallinacei, a plant:

    Capnos trunca, quam pedes gallinaceos vocant,

    Plin. 25, 13, 98, § 155:

    pedes betacei,

    beetroots, Varr. R. R. 1, 27.—
    F.
    Pedes navales, rowers, sailors, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 75.—
    G.
    The barrow of a litter, Cat. 10, 22.—
    H.
    Poet., of fountains and rivers: inde super terras fluit agmine dulci, Quā via secta semel liquido pede detulit undas, Lucr, 5, 272;

    6, 638: crepante lympha desilit pede,

    Hor. Epod. 16, 47:

    liquido pede labitur unda,

    Verg. Cul. 17:

    lento pede sulcat harenas Bagrada,

    Sil. 6, 140.—
    K.
    A metrical foot:

    ad heroum nos dactyli et anapaesti et spondei pedem invitas,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 82:

    pedibus claudere verba,

    to make verses, Hor. S. 2, 1, 28:

    musa per undenos emodulanda pedes,

    in hexameters and pentameters, Ov. Am. 1, 1, 30:

    inque suos volui cogere verba pedes,

    id. Tr. 5, 12, 34.—
    2.
    A kind of verse, measure:

    et pede, quo debent fortia bella geri,

    Ov. Ib. 646:

    Lesbius,

    Hor. C. 4, 6, 35.—
    L.
    In music, time (postAug.), Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 6.—
    M.
    A foot, as a measure of length (class.):

    ne iste hercle ab istā non pedem discedat,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 13:

    ab aliquo pedem discessisse,

    Cic. Deiot. 15, 42:

    pedem e villā adhuc egressi non sumus,

    id. Att. 13, 16, 1:

    pes justus,

    Plin. 18, 31, 74, § 317.—Hence, transf.: pede suo se metiri, to measure one's self by one's own foot-rule, i. e. by one's own powers or abilities, Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 98.—
    N.
    Pedes, lice; v. pedis.—
    O.
    The leg (late Lat.), in phrase: pedem frangere, Aug. Civ. Dei, 22, 22, 3; id. Serm. 273, 7.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > pes

  • 118 Knowledge

       It is indeed an opinion strangely prevailing amongst men, that houses, mountains, rivers, and, in a word, all sensible objects, have an existence, natural or real, distinct from their being perceived by the understanding. But, with how great an assurance and acquiescence soever this principle may be entertained in the world, yet whoever shall find in his heart to call it into question may, if I mistake not, perceive it to involve a manifest contradiction. For, what are the forementioned objects but things we perceive by sense? and what do we perceive besides our own ideas or sensations? and is it not plainly repugnant that any one of these, or any combination of them, should exist unperceived? (Berkeley, 1996, Pt. I, No. 4, p. 25)
       It seems to me that the only objects of the abstract sciences or of demonstration are quantity and number, and that all attempts to extend this more perfect species of knowledge beyond these bounds are mere sophistry and illusion. As the component parts of quantity and number are entirely similar, their relations become intricate and involved; and nothing can be more curious, as well as useful, than to trace, by a variety of mediums, their equality or inequality, through their different appearances.
       But as all other ideas are clearly distinct and different from each other, we can never advance farther, by our utmost scrutiny, than to observe this diversity, and, by an obvious reflection, pronounce one thing not to be another. Or if there be any difficulty in these decisions, it proceeds entirely from the undeterminate meaning of words, which is corrected by juster definitions. That the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the squares of the other two sides cannot be known, let the terms be ever so exactly defined, without a train of reasoning and enquiry. But to convince us of this proposition, that where there is no property, there can be no injustice, it is only necessary to define the terms, and explain injustice to be a violation of property. This proposition is, indeed, nothing but a more imperfect definition. It is the same case with all those pretended syllogistical reasonings, which may be found in every other branch of learning, except the sciences of quantity and number; and these may safely, I think, be pronounced the only proper objects of knowledge and demonstration. (Hume, 1975, Sec. 12, Pt. 3, pp. 163-165)
       Our knowledge springs from two fundamental sources of the mind; the first is the capacity of receiving representations (the ability to receive impressions), the second is the power to know an object through these representations (spontaneity in the production of concepts).
       Through the first, an object is given to us; through the second, the object is thought in relation to that representation.... Intuition and concepts constitute, therefore, the elements of all our knowledge, so that neither concepts without intuition in some way corresponding to them, nor intuition without concepts, can yield knowledge. Both may be either pure or empirical.... Pure intuitions or pure concepts are possible only a priori; empirical intuitions and empirical concepts only a posteriori. If the receptivity of our mind, its power of receiving representations in so far as it is in any way affected, is to be called "sensibility," then the mind's power of producing representations from itself, the spontaneity of knowledge, should be called "understanding." Our nature is so constituted that our intuitions can never be other than sensible; that is, it contains only the mode in which we are affected by objects. The faculty, on the other hand, which enables us to think the object of sensible intuition is the understanding.... Without sensibility, no object would be given to us; without understanding, no object would be thought. Thoughts without content are empty; intuitions without concepts are blind. It is therefore just as necessary to make our concepts sensible, that is, to add the object to them in intuition, as to make our intuitions intelligible, that is to bring them under concepts. These two powers or capacities cannot exchange their functions. The understanding can intuit nothing, the senses can think nothing. Only through their union can knowledge arise. (Kant, 1933, Sec. 1, Pt. 2, B74-75 [p. 92])
       Metaphysics, as a natural disposition of Reason is real, but it is also, in itself, dialectical and deceptive.... Hence to attempt to draw our principles from it, and in their employment to follow this natural but none the less fallacious illusion can never produce science, but only an empty dialectical art, in which one school may indeed outdo the other, but none can ever attain a justifiable and lasting success. In order that, as a science, it may lay claim not merely to deceptive persuasion, but to insight and conviction, a Critique of Reason must exhibit in a complete system the whole stock of conceptions a priori, arranged according to their different sources-the Sensibility, the understanding, and the Reason; it must present a complete table of these conceptions, together with their analysis and all that can be deduced from them, but more especially the possibility of synthetic knowledge a priori by means of their deduction, the principles of its use, and finally, its boundaries....
       This much is certain: he who has once tried criticism will be sickened for ever of all the dogmatic trash he was compelled to content himself with before, because his Reason, requiring something, could find nothing better for its occupation. Criticism stands to the ordinary school metaphysics exactly in the same relation as chemistry to alchemy, or as astron omy to fortune-telling astrology. I guarantee that no one who has comprehended and thought out the conclusions of criticism, even in these Prolegomena, will ever return to the old sophistical pseudo-science. He will rather look forward with a kind of pleasure to a metaphysics, certainly now within his power, which requires no more preparatory discoveries, and which alone can procure for reason permanent satisfaction. (Kant, 1891, pp. 115-116)
       Knowledge is only real and can only be set forth fully in the form of science, in the form of system. Further, a so-called fundamental proposition or first principle of philosophy, even if it is true, it is yet none the less false, just because and in so far as it is merely a fundamental proposition, merely a first principle. It is for that reason easily refuted. The refutation consists in bringing out its defective character; and it is defective because it is merely the universal, merely a principle, the beginning. If the refutation is complete and thorough, it is derived and developed from the nature of the principle itself, and not accomplished by bringing in from elsewhere other counter-assurances and chance fancies. It would be strictly the development of the principle, and thus the completion of its deficiency, were it not that it misunderstands its own purport by taking account solely of the negative aspect of what it seeks to do, and is not conscious of the positive character of its process and result. The really positive working out of the beginning is at the same time just as much the very reverse: it is a negative attitude towards the principle we start from. Negative, that is to say, in its one-sided form, which consists in being primarily immediate, a mere purpose. It may therefore be regarded as a refutation of what constitutes the basis of the system; but more correctly it should be looked at as a demonstration that the basis or principle of the system is in point of fact merely its beginning. (Hegel, 1910, pp. 21-22)
       Knowledge, action, and evaluation are essentially connected. The primary and pervasive significance of knowledge lies in its guidance of action: knowing is for the sake of doing. And action, obviously, is rooted in evaluation. For a being which did not assign comparative values, deliberate action would be pointless; and for one which did not know, it would be impossible. Conversely, only an active being could have knowledge, and only such a being could assign values to anything beyond his own feelings. A creature which did not enter into the process of reality to alter in some part the future content of it, could apprehend a world only in the sense of intuitive or esthetic contemplation; and such contemplation would not possess the significance of knowledge but only that of enjoying and suffering. (Lewis, 1946, p. 1)
       "Evolutionary epistemology" is a branch of scholarship that applies the evolutionary perspective to an understanding of how knowledge develops. Knowledge always involves getting information. The most primitive way of acquiring it is through the sense of touch: amoebas and other simple organisms know what happens around them only if they can feel it with their "skins." The knowledge such an organism can have is strictly about what is in its immediate vicinity. After a huge jump in evolution, organisms learned to find out what was going on at a distance from them, without having to actually feel the environment. This jump involved the development of sense organs for processing information that was farther away. For a long time, the most important sources of knowledge were the nose, the eyes, and the ears. The next big advance occurred when organisms developed memory. Now information no longer needed to be present at all, and the animal could recall events and outcomes that happened in the past. Each one of these steps in the evolution of knowledge added important survival advantages to the species that was equipped to use it.
       Then, with the appearance in evolution of humans, an entirely new way of acquiring information developed. Up to this point, the processing of information was entirely intrasomatic.... But when speech appeared (and even more powerfully with the invention of writing), information processing became extrasomatic. After that point knowledge did not have to be stored in the genes, or in the memory traces of the brain; it could be passed on from one person to another through words, or it could be written down and stored on a permanent substance like stone, paper, or silicon chips-in any case, outside the fragile and impermanent nervous system. (Csikszentmihalyi, 1993, pp. 56-57)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Knowledge

  • 119 שקע

    שָׁקַע(b. h.) 1) to be depressed, sink, go down. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42c bot. אם היה חותמה שוֹקֵעַ if the seal on it was engraven, opp. בולט; Tosef. ib. V (VI), 2; Bab. ib. 43b. Gen. R. s. 19 (ref. to לרוח היום, Gen. 3:8) לרוח ששוֹקַעַת עם היום by the (western) wind that goes down with the day. Ib. כל שהיום שוקעוכ׳ the more the day goes down, the cooler it grows. Y.Sabb.I, 3d top אחד צף ואחד שוקעוכ׳ one kind of poison floats, another settles Mikv. X, 1 צלוחית שפיה שוקע a bottle the mouth of which is turned down. Men.103b, v. Hithpa.; a. fr. 2) to sink, let down. B. Mets.V, 7 מששְׁקָעוֹ בכבשן after he let the lime stones down into the kiln (Y. ed. משיִשְׁקַע כבשנו, or משיְשַׁקֵּעַ) when he has filled his kiln). Yalk. Koh. 966, v. שָׁלָה; a. e.Part. pass. שָׁקוּעַ; f. שְׁקוּעָה Bekh.43b, v. חָרַם. Ex. R. s. 1522> והארץ ש׳ במים the earth was submerged in water. Sifra Thazr., Par. 5, ch. XV (ref. to פחתת, Lev. 13:55) שיהיו כל מראיה שְׁקוּעִין Rabad (ed. שוֹקְעִין) that all its colors appear lower (v. שַׁקִּיעַ; cmp. עָמוֹק); Yalk. Lev. 553 שוֹקְעִין; a. e.Bekh.VII, 1 ראשו ש׳, v. שָׁקוּט. Pi. שִׁיקֵּעַ to sink, let down. Snh.VI, 4 מְשַׁקְּעִין את הקורהוכ׳ they insert the trunk (of the gallows) in the ground. Y.Shek.V, end, 49b כמה ממון שִׁיקְּעוּ אבותי כאן how much money have my ancestors sunk here (in building that synagogue)!; כמה נפשות שיקעווכ׳ how many souls did thy ancestors sink here! were there no people to study the Law (on whom that money might have been spent)?; Y.Peah VIII, end, 21b. B. Mets.V, 7 Y. ed., v. supra; a. e.Trnsf. to embody in a collection without regard to original wording, to edit, abridge. Y.Hor.III, 48c top; Y.Sabb.XVI, 15c הדא דאת אמר עד שלא ש׳ בו רבי רוב משניות אבל משש׳וכ׳ what you say (that the study of the Mishnah collection is preferable) refers to the time before Rabbi had embodied and abridged most of the Mishnayoth in his edition, but since then, run at all times after the Talmud (where the discussions are quoted in their original form).Part. pass. מְשוּקָּע; f. מְשוּקַּעַת; pl. מְשוּקָּעִים, מְשוּקָּעִין; מְשוּקָּעוֹת. Koh. R. to I, 15 מקצתה מש׳ בארץ part of the boat rests on dry land. Y.B. Mets.II, beg.8b במש׳ בו when the objeot is found stuck in it, opp. בנתון בו when it is seen that it was put there. Gen. R. s. 33 שהיתה התיבה מש׳ במיםוכ׳ that the ark was eleven cubits in the water. Y.Yoma VII, beg.44a זראו של דוד מש׳ שם the seed of David is sunk there (in the family of the Resh Galutha). Y.Sabb.III, 6a top כסא שרגליו מש׳ בטיט a chair the feet of which stick in the mud. Y.ḤagI, 76d top; Y.Peah II, 17a כמה … וכולהן מש׳ במשנה many Hălakhoth have been communicated to Moses from Sinai, and they all are embodied in the Mishnah; a. e. Hif. הִשְׁקִיעַ to sink, let down. Gen. R. s. 68 ה׳הקב״ה גלגלוכ׳ the Lord caused the sun to set before its time. Ib. מה אתה בצאתך הִשְׁקַעְתִּי חמחוכ׳ as I caused the sun to set when thou didst go out Lev. R. s. 21; Pesik. Aḥăre, p. 176a>, לעולם יַשְׁקִיעַוכ׳ (Ar. s. v. רתק: יְשַׁקֵּעַ or יִשְׁקַע) man should at all times sink himself into the study of the Mishnah, for when he knocks, v. רָתַק. Koh. R. to I, 5 עד שלאה׳ שמשו … הזריחוכ׳ before God made the sun of Moses to set, he made the sun of Joshua to rise, v. שֶׁמֶש. Ib. 4 היוצר הזה מַשְׁקִיעַ כבשונו מה שמשקיעוכ׳ the potter fills his oven; what he sinks into it first, is the last to come out; a. fr. Hithpa. הִשְׁתַּקֵּע, Nithpa. נִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ 1) to be sunk, drowned; to be mixed tip beyond recognition. Midr. Till. to Ps. 22 המִשְׁתַּקְּעִים שוקעים את שוקעיהן those that were to he drowned, drowned those that wanted to drown them. Ruth R. to I, 17 נ׳ … בחליו was three days unconscious I on his sick-bed, opp. נתישבה דעתו he came to. Ex. R. s. 156> מִשְׁתַּקְּעִין בעונותוכ׳ are sunk in sins through the evil inclination. Ib.15> עד שנִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ תהומות until the depths were filled with water. Y.Shek.VIII, beg.51a והיו עולי רגלים משתקאיןוכ׳ the pilgrims sank in blood up to their knees; Men.103b שוקעין; Tosef.Eduy. III, 2 מפקיעין בדםוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (read: מְשוּקָּעִין; Var. מְשַׁקְּעִין את ארכובותיהן). Arakh.6b עד שלא נ׳ שםוכ׳ as long as the name of its owner (that donated it) is not merged (but is still traceable). Kidd.75a עד שיִשְׁתֵּקֵּעַ שםע״א ממנו until the name of idolatry has disappeared from him (until his idolatrous ancestry is no longer traceable). Y.Keth.I, 25d top משפחהשנ׳ בה פסולוכ׳ if a genealogical blemish is mixed up in a family, you must investigate it back to four mothers; Y.Kidd.IV, 65d bot. Ib. מה נאשה ונִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ בהנ גדולי הדור what can we do (with these families), since prominent men of the generation are mixed up with them? Ib. חמשת … וכולם נשתקעו בכהונהוכ׳ Pashhur ben Imer had five thousand slaves, and they are all mixed up with high priestly families; Y.Yeb.VIII, 9d top; (Kidd.70b נטמעו). Tanḥ. Noah 5 the Lord supported Noah שלא יִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ במעשה דור המבול lest he sink down in (the mud of) the deeds of the generation of the flood; a. fr. 2) to settle permanently, be naturalized. Sifré Deut. 301 (ref. to Deut. 26:5 ויגר) מלמד … להִשְׁתַּקֵּע אלא לגור שם this shows that he (Jacob) did not go down (to Egypt) to settle there as a citizen, but only to sojourn there. 3) to be lost in forests, fields Y.Ber.II, end, 5d ובשעה שהוא משתקעוכ׳ but when one is lost, he may even trespass on a field of crocus; (B. Kam.81a תועה). Y. Ber. l. c.; Y.B. Bath.V, 15a bot. וראו … משתקע ובא כנגדן they saw R. J. b. P. having lost his way and coming (through fields) towards them.

    Jewish literature > שקע

  • 120 שָׁקַע

    שָׁקַע(b. h.) 1) to be depressed, sink, go down. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42c bot. אם היה חותמה שוֹקֵעַ if the seal on it was engraven, opp. בולט; Tosef. ib. V (VI), 2; Bab. ib. 43b. Gen. R. s. 19 (ref. to לרוח היום, Gen. 3:8) לרוח ששוֹקַעַת עם היום by the (western) wind that goes down with the day. Ib. כל שהיום שוקעוכ׳ the more the day goes down, the cooler it grows. Y.Sabb.I, 3d top אחד צף ואחד שוקעוכ׳ one kind of poison floats, another settles Mikv. X, 1 צלוחית שפיה שוקע a bottle the mouth of which is turned down. Men.103b, v. Hithpa.; a. fr. 2) to sink, let down. B. Mets.V, 7 מששְׁקָעוֹ בכבשן after he let the lime stones down into the kiln (Y. ed. משיִשְׁקַע כבשנו, or משיְשַׁקֵּעַ) when he has filled his kiln). Yalk. Koh. 966, v. שָׁלָה; a. e.Part. pass. שָׁקוּעַ; f. שְׁקוּעָה Bekh.43b, v. חָרַם. Ex. R. s. 1522> והארץ ש׳ במים the earth was submerged in water. Sifra Thazr., Par. 5, ch. XV (ref. to פחתת, Lev. 13:55) שיהיו כל מראיה שְׁקוּעִין Rabad (ed. שוֹקְעִין) that all its colors appear lower (v. שַׁקִּיעַ; cmp. עָמוֹק); Yalk. Lev. 553 שוֹקְעִין; a. e.Bekh.VII, 1 ראשו ש׳, v. שָׁקוּט. Pi. שִׁיקֵּעַ to sink, let down. Snh.VI, 4 מְשַׁקְּעִין את הקורהוכ׳ they insert the trunk (of the gallows) in the ground. Y.Shek.V, end, 49b כמה ממון שִׁיקְּעוּ אבותי כאן how much money have my ancestors sunk here (in building that synagogue)!; כמה נפשות שיקעווכ׳ how many souls did thy ancestors sink here! were there no people to study the Law (on whom that money might have been spent)?; Y.Peah VIII, end, 21b. B. Mets.V, 7 Y. ed., v. supra; a. e.Trnsf. to embody in a collection without regard to original wording, to edit, abridge. Y.Hor.III, 48c top; Y.Sabb.XVI, 15c הדא דאת אמר עד שלא ש׳ בו רבי רוב משניות אבל משש׳וכ׳ what you say (that the study of the Mishnah collection is preferable) refers to the time before Rabbi had embodied and abridged most of the Mishnayoth in his edition, but since then, run at all times after the Talmud (where the discussions are quoted in their original form).Part. pass. מְשוּקָּע; f. מְשוּקַּעַת; pl. מְשוּקָּעִים, מְשוּקָּעִין; מְשוּקָּעוֹת. Koh. R. to I, 15 מקצתה מש׳ בארץ part of the boat rests on dry land. Y.B. Mets.II, beg.8b במש׳ בו when the objeot is found stuck in it, opp. בנתון בו when it is seen that it was put there. Gen. R. s. 33 שהיתה התיבה מש׳ במיםוכ׳ that the ark was eleven cubits in the water. Y.Yoma VII, beg.44a זראו של דוד מש׳ שם the seed of David is sunk there (in the family of the Resh Galutha). Y.Sabb.III, 6a top כסא שרגליו מש׳ בטיט a chair the feet of which stick in the mud. Y.ḤagI, 76d top; Y.Peah II, 17a כמה … וכולהן מש׳ במשנה many Hălakhoth have been communicated to Moses from Sinai, and they all are embodied in the Mishnah; a. e. Hif. הִשְׁקִיעַ to sink, let down. Gen. R. s. 68 ה׳הקב״ה גלגלוכ׳ the Lord caused the sun to set before its time. Ib. מה אתה בצאתך הִשְׁקַעְתִּי חמחוכ׳ as I caused the sun to set when thou didst go out Lev. R. s. 21; Pesik. Aḥăre, p. 176a>, לעולם יַשְׁקִיעַוכ׳ (Ar. s. v. רתק: יְשַׁקֵּעַ or יִשְׁקַע) man should at all times sink himself into the study of the Mishnah, for when he knocks, v. רָתַק. Koh. R. to I, 5 עד שלאה׳ שמשו … הזריחוכ׳ before God made the sun of Moses to set, he made the sun of Joshua to rise, v. שֶׁמֶש. Ib. 4 היוצר הזה מַשְׁקִיעַ כבשונו מה שמשקיעוכ׳ the potter fills his oven; what he sinks into it first, is the last to come out; a. fr. Hithpa. הִשְׁתַּקֵּע, Nithpa. נִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ 1) to be sunk, drowned; to be mixed tip beyond recognition. Midr. Till. to Ps. 22 המִשְׁתַּקְּעִים שוקעים את שוקעיהן those that were to he drowned, drowned those that wanted to drown them. Ruth R. to I, 17 נ׳ … בחליו was three days unconscious I on his sick-bed, opp. נתישבה דעתו he came to. Ex. R. s. 156> מִשְׁתַּקְּעִין בעונותוכ׳ are sunk in sins through the evil inclination. Ib.15> עד שנִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ תהומות until the depths were filled with water. Y.Shek.VIII, beg.51a והיו עולי רגלים משתקאיןוכ׳ the pilgrims sank in blood up to their knees; Men.103b שוקעין; Tosef.Eduy. III, 2 מפקיעין בדםוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (read: מְשוּקָּעִין; Var. מְשַׁקְּעִין את ארכובותיהן). Arakh.6b עד שלא נ׳ שםוכ׳ as long as the name of its owner (that donated it) is not merged (but is still traceable). Kidd.75a עד שיִשְׁתֵּקֵּעַ שםע״א ממנו until the name of idolatry has disappeared from him (until his idolatrous ancestry is no longer traceable). Y.Keth.I, 25d top משפחהשנ׳ בה פסולוכ׳ if a genealogical blemish is mixed up in a family, you must investigate it back to four mothers; Y.Kidd.IV, 65d bot. Ib. מה נאשה ונִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ בהנ גדולי הדור what can we do (with these families), since prominent men of the generation are mixed up with them? Ib. חמשת … וכולם נשתקעו בכהונהוכ׳ Pashhur ben Imer had five thousand slaves, and they are all mixed up with high priestly families; Y.Yeb.VIII, 9d top; (Kidd.70b נטמעו). Tanḥ. Noah 5 the Lord supported Noah שלא יִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ במעשה דור המבול lest he sink down in (the mud of) the deeds of the generation of the flood; a. fr. 2) to settle permanently, be naturalized. Sifré Deut. 301 (ref. to Deut. 26:5 ויגר) מלמד … להִשְׁתַּקֵּע אלא לגור שם this shows that he (Jacob) did not go down (to Egypt) to settle there as a citizen, but only to sojourn there. 3) to be lost in forests, fields Y.Ber.II, end, 5d ובשעה שהוא משתקעוכ׳ but when one is lost, he may even trespass on a field of crocus; (B. Kam.81a תועה). Y. Ber. l. c.; Y.B. Bath.V, 15a bot. וראו … משתקע ובא כנגדן they saw R. J. b. P. having lost his way and coming (through fields) towards them.

    Jewish literature > שָׁקַע

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • First-order logic — is a formal logical system used in mathematics, philosophy, linguistics, and computer science. It goes by many names, including: first order predicate calculus, the lower predicate calculus, quantification theory, and predicate logic (a less… …   Wikipedia

  • set — I. verb (set; setting) Etymology: Middle English setten, from Old English settan; akin to Old High German sezzen to set, Old English sittan to sit Date: before 12th century transitive verb 1. to cause to sit ; place in or on a seat 2 …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • First Amendment to the United States Constitution — First Amendment redirects here. For other uses, see First Amendment (disambiguation). United States of America This a …   Wikipedia

  • Set — Set, n. 1. The act of setting, as of the sun or other heavenly body; descent; hence, the close; termination. Locking at the set of day. Tennyson. [1913 Webster] The weary sun hath made a golden set. Shak. [1913 Webster] 2. That which is set,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • First Battle of Naktong Bulge — Part of the Battle of Pusan Perimeter …   Wikipedia

  • First Stadtholderless Period — The First Stadtholderless Period or Era (1650 1672) (Dutch Eerste Stadhouderloze Tijdperk ) is the period in the history of the Dutch Republic in which it reached the zenith of its economic, military and political Golden Age. The term has… …   Wikipedia

  • set theory — the branch of mathematics that deals with relations between sets. [1940 45] * * * Branch of mathematics that deals with the properties of sets. It is most valuable as applied to other areas of mathematics, which borrow from and adapt its… …   Universalium

  • Set theory — This article is about the branch of mathematics. For musical set theory, see Set theory (music). A Venn diagram illustrating the intersection of two sets. Set theory is the branch of mathematics that studies sets, which are collections of objects …   Wikipedia

  • Set theory (music) — Example of Z relation on two pitch sets analyzable as or derivable from Z17 (Schuijer 2008, p.99), with intervals between pitch classes labeled for ease of comparison between the two sets and their common interval vector, 212320. Musical set… …   Wikipedia

  • Set (mythology) — In Ancient Egyptian mythology, Set (also spelled Seth, Sutekh or Seteh) is an ancient god, who was originally the god of the desert, storms, and chaos. Because of the developments in the Egyptian language over the 3,000 years that Set was… …   Wikipedia

  • Kind of Blue — ] Recording Kind of Blue was recorded in two sessions at Columbia Records 30th Street Studio in New York City, on March 2 for the tracks So What , Freddie Freeloader , and Blue in Green , composing side one of the original LP, and April 22 for… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»